1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
59 #include "xml-syscall.h"
60 #include "parser-defs.h"
61 #include "gdb_regex.h"
63 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "continuations.h"
68 #include "dummy-frame.h"
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
76 /* readline defines this. */
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "extension.h"
82 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
83 enum exception_event_kind
90 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
92 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
94 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
98 static void disable_command (char *, int);
100 static void enable_command (char *, int);
102 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
106 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
108 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
110 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
112 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
113 struct linespec_result
*,
117 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
118 struct linespec_result
*,
119 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
120 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
122 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
123 int, int, int, unsigned);
125 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
126 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
128 static void clear_command (char *, int);
130 static void catch_command (char *, int);
132 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
134 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
136 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
138 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
140 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
141 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
142 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
144 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
146 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
147 struct symtab_and_line
,
149 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
151 static struct breakpoint
*
152 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
154 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
157 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
159 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
163 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
164 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
165 struct obj_section
*, int);
167 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
168 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
170 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
171 struct address_space
*aspace
,
174 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
176 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
178 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
179 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
181 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
183 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
185 static void commands_command (char *, int);
187 static void condition_command (char *, int);
196 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
197 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
199 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
201 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
203 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
205 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
207 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
209 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
211 int *other_type_used
);
213 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
215 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
217 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
220 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
222 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
224 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
226 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
228 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
229 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
230 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
232 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
234 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
235 insert locations now. */
236 enum ugll_insert_mode
238 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
239 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
240 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
241 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
242 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
243 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
244 returns true on them.
246 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
247 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
248 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
249 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
250 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
251 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
255 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
256 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
259 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
260 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
261 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
262 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
263 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
264 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
265 as no thread is running yet. */
269 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
271 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
273 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
275 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
277 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
279 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
281 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
283 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
285 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
287 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
289 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
291 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
293 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
295 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
298 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
300 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
302 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
304 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
305 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
306 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
307 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
309 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
310 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
312 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
313 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
315 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
316 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
318 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
320 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
322 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
323 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
325 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
326 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
328 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
329 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
330 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
331 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
332 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
333 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
335 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
336 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
337 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
338 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
344 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
346 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
347 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
348 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
349 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
351 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
353 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
354 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
355 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
356 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
357 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
358 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
359 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
361 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
363 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
365 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
367 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
368 breakpoints share a single command list. */
369 struct counted_command_line
371 /* The reference count. */
374 /* The command list. */
375 struct command_line
*commands
;
378 struct command_line
*
379 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
381 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
384 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
385 current breakpoint. */
387 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
390 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
392 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
393 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
395 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
397 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
400 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
401 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
402 if such is available. */
403 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
406 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
407 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
410 fprintf_filtered (file
,
411 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
412 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
416 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
417 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
418 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
419 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
420 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
422 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
423 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
426 fprintf_filtered (file
,
427 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
428 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
432 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
433 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
434 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
435 use hardware breakpoints. */
436 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
438 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
439 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
442 fprintf_filtered (file
,
443 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
447 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
448 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
449 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
450 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
451 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
452 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
453 processing user input. */
454 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
457 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
458 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
460 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
464 /* See breakpoint.h. */
467 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
469 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
471 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
472 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
473 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
476 else if (target_has_execution
)
478 if (always_inserted_mode
)
480 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
485 if (threads_are_executing ())
491 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
493 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
494 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
495 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
496 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
497 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
498 condition_evaluation_auto
,
499 condition_evaluation_host
,
500 condition_evaluation_target
,
504 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
505 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
507 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
508 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
509 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
511 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
512 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
513 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
517 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
519 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
521 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
522 return condition_evaluation_target
;
524 return condition_evaluation_host
;
530 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
533 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
535 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
538 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
542 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
544 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
546 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
549 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
551 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
552 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
554 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
555 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
557 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
558 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
560 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
561 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
562 current breakpoint. */
564 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
566 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
567 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
568 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
571 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
572 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
573 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
575 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
576 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
577 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
580 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
581 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
582 to where the loop should start from.
583 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
584 appropriate location to start with. */
586 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
587 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
588 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
590 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
591 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
594 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
596 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
597 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
598 if (is_tracepoint (B))
600 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
602 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
604 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
606 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
608 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
610 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
612 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
613 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
614 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
615 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
616 an address you need to read. */
618 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
620 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
621 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
622 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
623 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
624 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
626 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
628 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
629 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
631 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
633 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
635 static int breakpoint_count
;
637 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
638 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
639 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
640 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
641 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
643 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
645 static int tracepoint_count
;
647 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
648 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
649 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
651 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
653 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
655 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
658 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
661 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
663 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
664 breakpoint_count
= num
;
665 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
668 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
669 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
670 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
672 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
676 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
678 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
681 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
685 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
687 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
690 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
693 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
695 struct breakpoint
*b
;
701 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
702 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
704 static struct counted_command_line
*
705 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
707 struct counted_command_line
*result
708 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
711 result
->commands
= commands
;
715 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
718 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
724 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
725 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
726 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
729 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
733 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
735 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
742 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
745 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
747 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
750 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
753 static struct cleanup
*
754 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
756 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
760 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
761 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
764 get_breakpoint (int num
)
766 struct breakpoint
*b
;
769 if (b
->number
== num
)
777 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
778 evaluating conditions on its side. */
781 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
783 struct bp_location
*loc
;
785 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
786 evaluating conditions and if the user has
787 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
789 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
790 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
793 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
796 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
797 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
800 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
801 evaluating conditions on its side. */
804 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
806 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
807 evaluating conditions and if the user has
808 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
810 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
811 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
815 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
818 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
821 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
822 condition_evaluation_mode. */
825 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
826 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
828 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
830 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
831 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
833 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
834 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
835 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
839 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
840 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
842 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
843 settings was "auto". */
844 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
846 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
847 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
849 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
850 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
851 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
853 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
854 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
857 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
859 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
861 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
862 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
866 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
867 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
868 target knows about. */
869 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
870 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
871 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
875 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
881 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
882 what "auto" is translating to. */
885 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
886 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
888 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
889 fprintf_filtered (file
,
890 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
891 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
893 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
895 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
899 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
900 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
901 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
904 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
906 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
907 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
909 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
912 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
915 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
916 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
917 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
920 static struct bp_location
**
921 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
923 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
924 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
925 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
927 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
928 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
929 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
931 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
932 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
933 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
934 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
936 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
937 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
940 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
941 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
942 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
943 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
950 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
953 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
954 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
956 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
958 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
965 struct bp_location
*loc
;
967 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
972 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
973 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
974 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
981 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
985 const char *arg
= exp
;
987 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
988 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
989 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
990 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
992 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
994 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
996 innermost_block
= NULL
;
998 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
1000 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1001 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
1005 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1007 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1011 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1012 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1014 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1018 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1020 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1023 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1025 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
1026 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1027 const char *text
, const char *word
)
1031 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
1032 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1036 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1037 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1041 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1042 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1044 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1047 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1048 len
= strlen (text
);
1054 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1056 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1057 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1063 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1064 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1065 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1068 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1071 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1073 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1078 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1081 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1083 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1086 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1088 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1089 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1090 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1091 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1092 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1094 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1096 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1097 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1098 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1100 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1102 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1103 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1108 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1111 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1112 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1113 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1116 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1118 struct command_line
*c
;
1120 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1124 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1125 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1126 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1128 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1129 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1131 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1132 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1133 command directly. */
1134 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1135 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1137 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1138 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1142 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1145 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1147 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1148 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1149 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1153 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1155 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1158 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1159 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1163 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1164 struct command_line
*commands
)
1166 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1168 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1169 struct command_line
*c
;
1170 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1172 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1173 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1177 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1178 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1179 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1180 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1181 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1182 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1183 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1184 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1185 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1186 tracepoint's context. */
1187 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1189 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1191 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1192 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1193 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1194 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1195 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1196 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1199 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1200 "can be used only once"));
1205 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1209 struct command_line
*c2
;
1211 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1212 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1213 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1215 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1216 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1222 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1226 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1227 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1230 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1232 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1233 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1234 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1237 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1239 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1240 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1241 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1247 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1248 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1251 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1252 struct command_line
*commands
)
1254 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1256 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1257 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1258 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1261 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1262 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1266 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1268 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1271 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1272 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1275 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1276 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1279 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1281 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1284 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1285 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1288 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1289 breakpoint work for any task. */
1292 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1294 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1297 if (old_task
!= task
)
1298 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1302 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1304 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1306 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1309 /* A structure used to pass information through
1310 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1312 struct commands_info
1314 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1317 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1320 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1321 already-parsed command. */
1322 struct command_line
*control
;
1324 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1326 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1329 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1330 commands_command. */
1333 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1335 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1337 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1339 struct command_line
*l
;
1341 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1342 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1345 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1348 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1349 "%s, one per line."),
1352 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1354 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1357 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1360 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1363 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1366 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1368 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1370 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1371 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1372 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1373 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1374 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1379 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1380 struct command_line
*control
)
1382 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1383 struct commands_info info
;
1385 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1386 info
.control
= control
;
1388 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1389 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1390 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1392 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1394 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1395 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1397 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1398 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1401 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1402 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1403 numbers will fail in this case. */
1408 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1410 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1413 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1417 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1419 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1420 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1422 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1426 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1428 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1431 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1432 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1434 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1435 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1436 enum command_control_type
1437 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1439 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1440 return simple_control
;
1443 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1446 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1448 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1452 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1453 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1458 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1459 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1462 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1463 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1464 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1467 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1468 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1469 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1470 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1471 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1473 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1474 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1478 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1479 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1481 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1485 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1487 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1488 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1490 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1492 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1497 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1499 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1504 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1505 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1507 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1508 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1509 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1513 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1515 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1516 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1519 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1521 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1522 shadow_contents buffer. */
1523 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1524 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1525 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1527 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1529 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1530 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1534 const unsigned char *bp
;
1535 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1538 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1539 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1540 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1542 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1544 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1546 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1547 breakpoint's INSN. */
1548 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1552 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1553 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1555 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1556 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1557 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1559 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1560 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1561 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1562 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1563 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1564 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1565 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1566 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1568 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1571 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1572 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1573 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1575 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1577 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1580 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1581 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1582 report higher one. */
1585 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1586 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1588 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1590 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1591 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1593 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1594 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1595 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1596 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1598 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1599 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1600 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1602 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1604 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1611 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1612 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1613 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1614 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1615 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1618 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1620 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1621 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1622 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1625 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1628 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1630 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1632 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1633 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1637 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1638 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1639 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1642 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1645 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1646 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1647 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1650 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1653 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1654 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1660 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1664 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1666 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1667 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1668 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1671 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1674 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1676 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1677 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1678 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1681 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1685 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1687 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1688 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1691 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1692 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1693 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1694 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1695 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1696 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1697 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1698 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1701 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1703 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1704 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1705 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1706 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1709 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1710 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1713 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1715 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1717 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1719 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1720 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1721 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1722 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1723 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1725 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1728 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1731 static struct value
*
1732 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1734 struct value
*bit_val
;
1739 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1741 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1744 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1751 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1752 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1753 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1754 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1756 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1758 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1759 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1762 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1763 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1764 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1765 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1766 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1767 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1768 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1769 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1771 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1772 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1773 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1774 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1775 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1776 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1777 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1778 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1781 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1782 hardware watchpoints:
1784 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1785 called several times when GDB stops.
1788 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1789 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1790 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1791 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1792 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1793 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1794 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1795 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1796 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1797 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1798 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1800 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1801 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1804 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1806 int within_current_scope
;
1807 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1810 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1811 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1812 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1813 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1816 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1821 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1822 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1823 within_current_scope
= 1;
1826 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1827 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1828 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1830 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1831 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1832 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1833 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1836 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1837 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1838 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1839 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1842 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1844 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1845 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1846 if (within_current_scope
)
1850 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1851 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1852 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1855 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1864 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1865 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1866 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1867 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1868 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1869 be completely different objects. */
1870 value_free (b
->val
);
1874 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1875 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1876 locations (re)created below. */
1877 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1879 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1881 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1885 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1886 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1890 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1891 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1892 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1893 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1894 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1895 if (!target_has_execution
)
1897 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1898 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1899 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1900 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1902 if (b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1903 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1905 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1906 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1909 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1912 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1913 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1915 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1917 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1918 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1919 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1920 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1921 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1923 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1925 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1927 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1935 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1937 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1938 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1940 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1941 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1942 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1943 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1944 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1945 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1946 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1948 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1950 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1951 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1952 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1954 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1955 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1959 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1960 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1962 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1964 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1966 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1967 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1969 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1971 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1972 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1973 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1974 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1975 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
1978 addr
= value_address (v
);
1981 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1986 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1988 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1991 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1992 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1995 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1997 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1998 loc
->address
= addr
;
2002 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2003 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2006 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
2008 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2013 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2014 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2015 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2020 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2021 struct bp_location
*bl
;
2023 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2027 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2030 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2031 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2032 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2034 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2035 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2036 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2037 this watchpoint in as well. */
2039 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2040 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2041 hardware watchpoint type. */
2042 type
= b
->base
.type
;
2043 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2044 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2046 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2047 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2048 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2049 through watch_command), so always account for it
2052 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2053 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2055 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2056 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
2059 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2060 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2062 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
2064 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2065 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2066 "hardware watchpoint."));
2067 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2068 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2069 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2071 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2072 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2076 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2077 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2078 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2080 b
->base
.type
= type
;
2083 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
2085 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2086 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2087 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2089 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2090 "read/access watchpoint."));
2093 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2095 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2096 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2097 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2098 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2101 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2103 next
= value_next (v
);
2108 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2109 above left it without any location set up. But,
2110 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2111 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2112 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
2114 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
2115 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
2116 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2117 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
2118 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
2119 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
2122 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2124 printf_filtered (_("\
2125 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2126 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2128 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2131 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2133 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2137 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2138 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2139 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2140 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2141 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2143 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2145 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2148 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2151 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2154 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2157 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2158 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2159 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2160 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2161 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2162 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2163 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2164 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2165 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2168 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2170 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2171 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2172 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2177 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2178 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2179 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2180 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2185 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2186 instruction that triggered one. */
2187 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2188 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2192 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2193 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2194 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2195 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2204 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2205 that the location is not duplicated. */
2208 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2211 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2214 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2215 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2219 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2220 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2221 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2222 any error during parsing. */
2224 static struct agent_expr
*
2225 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2227 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2228 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2233 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2234 that may show up. */
2235 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2237 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2242 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2243 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2244 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2248 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2252 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2253 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2254 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2255 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2256 one of them is true. */
2259 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2261 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2262 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2263 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2264 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2266 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2267 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
);
2269 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2270 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2271 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2273 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2274 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2277 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2278 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2279 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2280 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2281 response back to GDB. */
2282 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2285 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2289 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2291 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2292 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2293 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2294 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2295 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2296 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2298 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2299 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2305 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2306 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2307 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2309 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2315 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2316 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2317 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2319 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2320 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2321 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2323 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2326 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2328 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2330 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2333 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2334 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2339 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2340 for this location's address. */
2341 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2345 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2346 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2347 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2349 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2350 conditions to the target. */
2351 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2352 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2358 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2359 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2360 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2362 static struct agent_expr
*
2363 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2365 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2366 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2367 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2368 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2369 const char *cmdrest
;
2370 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2371 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2373 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2380 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2382 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2384 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2385 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2387 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2389 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2391 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2393 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2395 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2396 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2398 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2400 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2401 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2403 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2405 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2407 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2409 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2410 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2413 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2418 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2419 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2421 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2425 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2426 that may show up. */
2427 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2429 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2430 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2431 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2434 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2438 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2439 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2440 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2444 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2448 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2449 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2450 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2453 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2455 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2456 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2457 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2458 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2460 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2461 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
);
2463 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2466 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2467 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2470 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2471 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2472 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2474 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2477 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2478 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2479 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2483 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2484 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2485 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2486 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2487 response back to GDB. */
2488 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2491 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2495 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2497 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2498 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2499 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2500 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2501 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2502 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2503 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2509 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2510 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2511 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2513 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2519 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2521 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2523 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2526 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2527 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2529 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2531 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2534 free_agent_expr (loc
->cmd_bytecode
);
2535 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= NULL
;
2540 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2541 for this location's address. */
2542 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2545 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2546 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2547 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2548 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2550 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2551 to send the commands to the target. */
2552 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2556 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2557 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2558 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2559 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2562 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2563 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2564 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2565 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2568 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2569 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2571 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2572 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2573 int *disabled_breaks
,
2574 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2575 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2577 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2578 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2579 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
2581 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2584 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2585 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2586 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2587 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2588 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2589 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2590 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2591 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2592 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2593 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2594 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2595 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2597 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2598 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2599 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2600 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2602 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2604 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2605 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2606 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2607 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2610 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2611 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2613 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2615 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2616 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2617 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2619 Two important cases are:
2620 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2621 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2622 hardware breakpoint.
2623 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2624 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2625 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2628 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2629 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2630 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2631 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2633 struct mem_region
*mr
2634 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2638 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2640 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2642 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2643 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2645 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2647 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2649 static int said
= 0;
2651 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2654 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2655 _("Note: automatically using "
2656 "hardware breakpoints for "
2657 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2662 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2663 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2665 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2666 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2667 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2668 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2670 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2676 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2677 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2678 || bl
->section
== NULL
2679 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2681 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2682 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2686 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2688 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2693 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2698 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2699 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2700 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2702 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2703 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2704 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2705 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2706 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2710 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2712 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2713 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2714 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2716 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2717 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2721 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2722 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2724 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2729 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2732 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2733 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2734 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2735 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2739 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2740 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2742 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2743 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2747 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2749 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2754 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2759 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2760 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2765 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2767 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2769 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2770 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2771 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2772 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2773 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2774 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2775 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2776 errors as memory errors. */
2777 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2778 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2779 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2780 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2783 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2784 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2785 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2786 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2788 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2789 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2791 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2792 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2793 "library breakpoints:\n");
2795 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2796 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2797 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2802 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2804 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2805 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2806 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2807 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2808 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2809 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2810 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2814 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2817 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2818 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2819 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2821 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2822 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2824 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2825 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2829 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2830 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2845 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2846 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2847 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2848 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2852 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2853 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2855 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2857 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2858 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2859 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2861 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2863 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2864 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2866 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2868 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2869 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2873 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2874 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2881 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2882 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2885 /* Back to the original value. */
2886 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2890 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2893 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2897 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2898 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2900 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2903 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2907 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2908 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2910 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2913 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2915 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2916 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2917 so just return success. */
2924 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2925 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2929 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2931 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2932 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2934 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2935 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2937 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2938 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2941 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2942 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2943 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2945 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2947 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2949 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2950 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2951 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2953 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2954 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2956 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2962 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2963 removed locations above. */
2964 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2967 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2968 Throws exception on any error.
2969 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2970 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2972 insert_breakpoints (void)
2974 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2976 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2977 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2979 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2981 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2984 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2985 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2986 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2987 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
2990 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2993 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2995 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2997 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2999 callback (loc
, NULL
);
3003 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3004 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3005 always-inserted mode. */
3008 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3010 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3013 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3014 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3015 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3017 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3018 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3020 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3021 there was an error. */
3022 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3024 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3026 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3028 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3030 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3033 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3034 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3035 deletion of breakpoints. */
3036 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3039 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3041 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3042 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3043 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3044 insert breakpoints. */
3045 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3046 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3049 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3050 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3057 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3058 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3061 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3064 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3067 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3069 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3070 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3073 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3074 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3075 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3077 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3078 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3080 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3081 there was an error. */
3082 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3084 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3086 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3088 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3091 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3092 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3093 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3094 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3095 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3098 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3100 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3101 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3102 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3103 insert breakpoints. */
3104 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3105 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3108 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3109 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3114 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3115 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3116 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3118 int some_failed
= 0;
3119 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3121 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3124 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3127 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3130 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3131 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3138 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3140 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
3142 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3143 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3144 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3152 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3153 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3154 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3156 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3157 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3158 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3160 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3161 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3164 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3167 /* Used when the program stops.
3168 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3169 removing a breakpoint location. */
3172 remove_breakpoints (void)
3174 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3177 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3179 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3180 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3185 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3189 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3191 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3193 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3195 if (b
->thread
== tp
->num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3197 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3199 printf_filtered (_("\
3200 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3201 b
->number
, tp
->num
);
3203 /* Hide it from the user. */
3209 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3212 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3214 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3216 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3218 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3220 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3223 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
3228 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3237 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3239 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3240 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3242 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
3243 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3244 struct inferior
*inf
;
3245 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3247 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3251 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3252 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3254 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3256 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3257 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3259 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3261 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3267 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3270 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3275 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3279 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3281 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3282 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3283 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3284 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3285 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3286 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3288 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3291 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3294 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3295 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3299 static struct breakpoint
*
3300 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3301 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3302 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3304 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3305 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3307 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3310 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3311 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3313 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3314 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3315 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3320 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3322 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3324 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3326 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3327 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3329 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3330 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3332 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3333 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3335 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3336 int longjmp_searched
;
3338 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3339 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3341 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3342 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3344 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3345 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3347 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3348 int exception_searched
;
3350 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3351 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3354 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3356 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3357 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3359 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3362 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3364 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3367 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3368 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3370 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3371 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3373 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3375 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3376 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3378 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3379 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3381 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3382 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3384 return bp_objfile_data
;
3388 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3390 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3392 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3393 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3397 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3399 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3400 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3402 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3404 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3405 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3408 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3410 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3413 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3415 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3417 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3418 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3420 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3421 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3424 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3427 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3428 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3430 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3431 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3433 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3435 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3436 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3440 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3441 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3444 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3448 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3450 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3451 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3453 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3455 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3457 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3459 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3461 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3464 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3465 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3467 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3469 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3471 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3475 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3478 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3479 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3481 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3483 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3484 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3485 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3489 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3490 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3493 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3496 struct probe
*probe
;
3497 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3500 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3501 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3505 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3507 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3508 get_probe_address (probe
,
3511 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3512 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3513 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3519 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3522 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3524 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3525 const char *func_name
;
3528 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3531 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3532 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3534 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3536 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3537 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3539 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3540 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3543 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3546 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3547 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3548 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3549 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3550 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3554 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3556 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3559 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3561 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3563 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3564 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3565 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3567 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3569 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3571 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3574 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3576 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3578 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3579 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3581 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3583 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3586 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3588 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3590 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3591 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3592 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3594 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3595 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3598 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3601 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3602 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3603 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3604 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3605 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3606 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3610 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3612 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3615 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3618 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3620 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3621 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3623 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3625 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3626 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3627 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3630 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3632 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3633 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3637 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3641 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3642 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3644 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3646 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3647 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3648 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3652 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3653 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3656 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3658 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3660 struct probe
*probe
;
3663 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3664 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3668 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3670 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3671 get_probe_address (probe
,
3673 bp_exception_master
,
3674 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3675 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3676 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3682 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3684 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3687 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3689 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3691 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3693 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3694 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3696 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3700 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3703 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3704 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3706 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3707 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3708 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3709 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3712 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3716 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3718 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3719 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3721 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3722 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3723 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3724 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3725 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3726 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3727 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3728 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3729 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3730 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3731 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3733 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3735 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3738 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3739 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3741 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3745 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3746 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3748 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3752 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3753 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3754 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3755 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3756 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3758 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3762 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3763 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3765 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3769 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3770 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3772 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3776 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3778 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3779 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3780 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3782 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3786 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3788 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3789 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3790 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3791 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3795 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3796 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3797 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3798 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3799 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3800 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3802 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3803 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3804 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3805 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3806 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3807 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3808 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3810 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3811 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3812 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3813 let finish_command delete it.
3815 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3816 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3817 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3818 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3819 solib breakpoints.) */
3821 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3826 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3827 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3829 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3831 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3838 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3840 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3842 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3843 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3845 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3846 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3848 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3849 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3850 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3852 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3855 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3856 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3857 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3858 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3859 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3860 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3861 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3865 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3868 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3872 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3873 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3874 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3875 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3876 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3879 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3883 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3884 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3886 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3887 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3890 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3891 This should not ever happen. */
3892 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3894 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3895 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3897 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3898 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3899 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3901 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3902 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3903 || bl
->section
== NULL
3904 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3906 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3908 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3909 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3910 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3911 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3912 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3913 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3914 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3915 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3916 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3917 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3918 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3919 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3920 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3921 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3922 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3923 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3924 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3925 they should always be removed. */
3926 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3927 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3928 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3931 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3935 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3936 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3937 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3939 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3940 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3942 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3943 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3944 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3945 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3946 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3948 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3949 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3951 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3952 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3955 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3956 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3957 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3958 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3960 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3961 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3962 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3963 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3964 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3965 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3971 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3976 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3977 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3978 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3979 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3980 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3981 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3982 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3983 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3984 always-inserted mode. */
3986 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3987 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3988 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3989 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
3995 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3997 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3999 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4000 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4002 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4003 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4005 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4006 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
4007 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4010 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4011 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4014 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4015 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4017 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4021 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4028 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
4031 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4033 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4034 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4036 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
4037 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
4040 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4041 This should not ever happen. */
4042 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4044 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
4046 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4048 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
4050 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4054 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4057 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4059 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4061 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4062 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4066 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4067 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4069 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4072 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4073 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4074 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4079 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4081 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
4082 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4084 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4086 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4088 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4091 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4093 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4094 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
4095 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4099 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
4101 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4107 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4109 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4110 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4113 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4115 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4117 case bp_shlib_event
:
4119 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4120 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4121 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4122 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4123 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4125 (gdb) file prog-linux
4126 (gdb) run # native linux target
4129 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4130 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4133 case bp_step_resume
:
4135 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4137 case bp_single_step
:
4139 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4141 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4145 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4146 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4147 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4149 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4151 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4152 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4153 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4154 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
4156 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4157 insert_breakpoints. */
4159 value_free (w
->val
);
4170 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4171 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4172 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4173 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4176 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4177 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4178 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4179 match, not program space. */
4181 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4182 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4183 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4184 permanent breakpoint.
4185 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4186 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4187 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4188 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4189 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4191 enum breakpoint_here
4192 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4194 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4195 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4197 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4199 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4200 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4203 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4204 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4205 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
4206 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4208 if (overlay_debugging
4209 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4210 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4211 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4212 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
4213 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4215 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4219 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
4222 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4225 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4227 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4230 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4231 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4237 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4240 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4242 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4244 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4246 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4247 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4251 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4253 if (overlay_debugging
4254 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4255 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4256 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4264 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4268 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4271 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4273 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4275 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4279 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4282 if (overlay_debugging
4283 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4284 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4285 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4295 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4296 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4298 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4300 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4302 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4304 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4305 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4308 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4311 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4312 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4316 /* Check for intersection. */
4317 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
4318 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4327 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4331 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4333 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4336 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4340 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4342 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4343 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4344 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4345 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4349 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4350 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4353 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4370 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4371 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4374 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4378 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4383 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4385 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4386 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4387 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4388 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4389 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4391 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4392 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4396 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4406 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4409 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4414 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4416 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4422 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4425 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4427 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4429 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4431 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4433 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4438 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4447 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4448 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4449 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4450 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4452 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4453 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4455 Return 1 otherwise. */
4458 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4460 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4463 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4465 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4466 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4467 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4468 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4469 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4471 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4473 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4477 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4480 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4482 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4485 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4488 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4492 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4494 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4496 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4498 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4504 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4507 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4509 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4511 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4513 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4514 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4515 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4516 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4517 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4521 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4524 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4527 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4529 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4532 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4533 or its equivalent. */
4536 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4538 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
4539 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
4542 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4543 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4544 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4545 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4547 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4548 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4549 bpstat of the current thread. */
4552 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4555 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4558 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4560 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4563 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4564 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4566 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4568 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4571 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4572 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4574 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4575 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4576 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4578 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4580 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4581 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4582 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4583 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4584 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4585 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4586 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4587 the tree when we're done. */
4588 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4589 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4590 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4591 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4592 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4594 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4600 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4602 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4608 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4609 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4611 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4613 if (target_can_async_p ())
4614 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4615 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4616 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4619 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4620 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4621 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4622 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4623 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4624 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4625 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4626 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4627 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4628 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4629 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4630 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4631 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4636 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4641 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4643 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4645 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4646 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4647 && target_has_execution
4648 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4649 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4650 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4651 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4652 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4653 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4654 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4657 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4660 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4663 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4666 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4669 struct value_print_options opts
;
4670 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4671 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4675 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4676 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4677 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4678 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4681 static enum print_stop_action
4682 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4684 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4687 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4688 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4692 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4693 relevant messages. */
4694 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4697 case print_it_normal
:
4699 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4701 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4702 which has since been deleted. */
4704 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4706 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4707 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4712 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4713 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4718 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4721 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4724 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4726 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4730 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4731 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4732 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4734 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4735 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4736 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4739 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4740 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4741 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4745 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4749 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4750 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4753 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4758 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4759 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4760 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4763 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4768 struct so_list
*iter
;
4770 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4772 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4773 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4776 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4781 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4782 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4783 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4786 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4790 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4791 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4792 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4793 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4794 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4795 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4796 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4799 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4800 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4801 code to print the location. An example is
4802 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4804 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4805 to also print the location part of the message.
4806 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4807 don't require a location appended to the end.
4808 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4809 further info to be printed. */
4811 enum print_stop_action
4812 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4816 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4817 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4818 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4819 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4820 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4822 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4823 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4824 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4825 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4829 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4830 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4831 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4832 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4834 print_solib_event (0);
4835 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4838 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4839 with and nothing was printed. */
4840 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4843 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4844 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4845 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4846 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4847 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4848 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4851 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4853 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4854 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4856 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4860 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4863 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4867 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4869 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4870 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4871 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4872 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4873 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4874 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4875 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4877 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4881 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4882 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4885 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4887 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4889 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4891 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4893 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4894 as not triggered. */
4896 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4898 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4900 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4906 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4908 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4909 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4911 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4913 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4915 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4921 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4922 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4926 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4928 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4929 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4931 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4932 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4934 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4936 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4937 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4939 if (newaddr
== start
)
4941 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4945 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4946 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4950 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4959 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4960 because of check_errors). */
4961 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4962 #define WP_DELETED 1
4963 /* The value has changed. */
4964 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4965 /* The value has not changed. */
4966 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4967 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4970 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4971 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4973 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4976 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4977 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4980 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
4982 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
4983 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4984 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4985 int within_current_scope
;
4987 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4988 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4989 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4991 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4992 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4993 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4994 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4997 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4998 within_current_scope
= 1;
5001 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
5002 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5003 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
5005 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5006 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5007 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5008 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5009 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5010 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5011 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5012 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5013 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5014 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5017 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5018 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5020 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5021 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5022 if (within_current_scope
)
5024 struct symbol
*function
;
5026 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5027 if (function
== NULL
5028 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
5029 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
5030 within_current_scope
= 0;
5033 if (within_current_scope
)
5034 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5035 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5040 if (within_current_scope
)
5042 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5043 time before we return to the command level and call
5044 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5045 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5049 struct value
*new_val
;
5051 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
5052 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5053 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5054 a mask watchpoint. */
5055 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5057 mark
= value_mark ();
5058 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5060 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5061 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5063 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5064 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5065 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5066 not what we want. */
5067 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5068 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5070 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5072 release_value (new_val
);
5073 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5075 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5078 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5082 /* Nothing changed. */
5083 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5084 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5089 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5091 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5092 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5093 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5094 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5095 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5096 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5097 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5098 the first value assigned). */
5099 /* We print all the stop information in
5100 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5101 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5102 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5104 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5106 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5107 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
5108 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
5110 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5111 which its expression is valid.\n");
5113 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5114 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
5115 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5121 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5122 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5123 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5126 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5127 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5128 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5130 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5132 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5133 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5135 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5138 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5139 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5142 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5144 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5145 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5147 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5148 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5149 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5150 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5151 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5154 int must_check_value
= 0;
5156 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5157 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5159 must_check_value
= 1;
5160 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5161 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5162 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5164 must_check_value
= 1;
5165 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5166 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5167 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5168 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5169 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5170 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5171 must_check_value
= 1;
5173 if (must_check_value
)
5176 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5178 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5179 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5181 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5185 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5186 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5190 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5193 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5194 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5196 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5198 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5199 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5200 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5201 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5202 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5203 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5204 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5207 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5208 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5211 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5212 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5213 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5214 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5216 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5217 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5218 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5221 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5222 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5223 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5224 changes. This still gives false positives when
5225 the program writes the same value to memory as
5226 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5227 it for a read), but it's much better than
5230 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5232 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5234 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5236 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5237 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5238 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5240 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5241 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5243 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5244 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5246 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5252 if (other_write_watchpoint
5253 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5255 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5256 and the value changed since the last time we
5257 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5259 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5264 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5265 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5266 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5268 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5269 the value hasn't changed. */
5270 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5278 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5279 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5280 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5281 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5282 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5286 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5288 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5289 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5290 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5291 anything for this watchpoint. */
5292 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5298 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5299 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5300 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5301 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5304 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5306 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5307 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5308 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5309 struct expression
*cond
;
5311 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5313 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5314 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5315 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5316 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5317 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5319 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5320 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5321 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5323 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5324 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5330 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5331 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5333 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
))
5334 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5341 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5343 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5345 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5347 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5354 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5356 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5357 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5359 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5360 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5361 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5362 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5364 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5366 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5367 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5371 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5372 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5373 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5374 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5375 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5377 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5378 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5381 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5383 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5384 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5385 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5386 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5387 really matter which instantiation of the function
5388 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5389 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5390 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5391 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5392 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5393 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5394 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5395 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5397 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5399 select_frame (frame
);
5401 within_current_scope
= 0;
5403 if (within_current_scope
)
5405 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5406 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5410 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5411 "in the current scope"));
5412 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5413 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5416 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5417 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5420 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5424 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5428 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5430 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5435 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5436 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5438 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5439 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5442 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5444 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5446 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5447 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5448 several reasons concurrently.)
5450 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5451 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5454 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5455 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5456 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5458 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5459 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5460 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5461 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5462 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5463 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5466 int need_remove_insert
;
5469 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5470 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5471 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5472 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5473 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5474 inferior function calls. */
5478 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5481 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5483 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5484 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5485 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5486 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5487 checked all locations already. */
5488 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5491 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5494 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5497 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5500 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5503 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5504 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5505 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5509 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5510 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5511 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5513 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5515 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5517 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5522 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5523 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5525 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
5527 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5528 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5531 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5535 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5536 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5537 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5539 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5541 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5543 handle_solib_event ();
5548 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5549 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5550 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5554 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5559 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5560 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5563 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5568 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5570 /* We will stop here. */
5571 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5573 --(b
->enable_count
);
5574 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0
5575 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5576 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5581 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5582 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5583 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5584 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5587 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5592 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5594 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5595 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5598 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5599 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5600 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5602 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5603 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5604 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5606 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5607 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5609 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5611 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5612 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5615 if (need_remove_insert
)
5616 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5617 else if (removed_any
)
5618 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5624 handle_jit_event (void)
5626 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5627 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5629 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5630 breakpoint_re_set. */
5631 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5633 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5634 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5636 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5638 target_terminal_inferior ();
5641 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5643 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5646 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5648 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5652 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5653 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5654 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5656 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5658 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5659 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5660 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5663 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5665 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5666 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5670 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5677 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5678 case bp_single_step
:
5681 case bp_shlib_event
:
5685 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5687 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5690 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5693 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5694 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5695 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5699 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5701 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5705 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5706 This requires no further action. */
5710 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5712 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5713 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5715 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5716 case bp_exception_resume
:
5717 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5718 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5720 case bp_step_resume
:
5722 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5725 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5726 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5729 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5731 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5734 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5735 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5738 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5739 case bp_thread_event
:
5740 case bp_overlay_event
:
5741 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5742 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5743 case bp_exception_master
:
5744 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5750 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5752 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5756 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5757 This requires no further action. */
5762 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5765 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5766 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5767 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5768 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5770 case bp_std_terminate
:
5771 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5772 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5773 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5774 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5777 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5778 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5779 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5780 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5782 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5783 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5785 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5786 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5787 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5789 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5790 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5791 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5792 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5797 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5799 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5803 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5804 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5807 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5810 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5811 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5816 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5818 handle_jit_event ();
5821 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5823 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5829 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5830 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5832 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5833 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5841 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5842 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5843 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5846 bpstat_should_step (void)
5848 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5851 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5857 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5859 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5868 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5869 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5870 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5873 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5875 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5876 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5880 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5882 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5884 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5885 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5886 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5891 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5897 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5898 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5900 "host": Host evals condition.
5901 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5902 "target": Target evals condition.
5906 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5908 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5909 char host_evals
= 0;
5910 char target_evals
= 0;
5915 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5918 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5919 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5920 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5922 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5924 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5930 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5931 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5932 else if (target_evals
)
5933 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5935 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5938 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5939 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5942 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5944 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5947 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5948 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5949 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5951 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5952 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5954 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5957 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5960 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5961 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5963 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5964 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
5966 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5970 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5972 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5973 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
5974 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5977 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5980 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
5981 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
5982 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5983 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
5984 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5985 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
5987 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
5988 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
5989 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
5991 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5992 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
5993 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5995 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
5999 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
6000 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
6002 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
6004 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
6006 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
6009 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
6011 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6012 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6013 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6015 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6016 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6017 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6018 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
6021 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6025 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6027 struct ep_type_description
6032 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6034 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6035 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6036 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6037 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6038 {bp_until
, "until"},
6039 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6040 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6041 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6042 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6043 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6044 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6045 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6046 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6047 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6048 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6049 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6050 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6051 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6052 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6053 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6054 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6055 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6056 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6057 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6058 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6059 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6060 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6061 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6062 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6063 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6064 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6065 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6066 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6067 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6070 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6071 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6072 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6073 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6076 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6079 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6080 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6083 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6084 const char *field_name
,
6088 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
6089 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
6093 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6094 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6095 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6098 back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
, field_name
);
6100 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6106 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6107 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
6112 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
6114 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
6116 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
6120 do_cleanups (back_to
);
6123 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6126 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6127 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6129 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6132 struct command_line
*l
;
6133 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6135 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6136 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6137 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6138 struct value_print_options opts
;
6140 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6142 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6143 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6144 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6147 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6148 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6156 if (part_of_multiple
)
6159 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6160 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
6165 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6170 if (part_of_multiple
)
6171 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
6173 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6177 if (part_of_multiple
)
6178 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
6180 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6185 if (part_of_multiple
)
6186 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6188 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
6189 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6190 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
6194 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6196 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6197 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6198 make sure there's just one location. */
6199 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6200 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6206 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6207 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6211 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6212 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6213 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6215 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6217 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6218 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6219 is relatively readable). */
6220 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6221 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6223 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
6228 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6229 case bp_single_step
:
6233 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6234 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6236 case bp_exception_resume
:
6237 case bp_step_resume
:
6238 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6239 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6241 case bp_std_terminate
:
6242 case bp_shlib_event
:
6243 case bp_thread_event
:
6244 case bp_overlay_event
:
6245 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6246 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6247 case bp_exception_master
:
6249 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6250 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6253 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6254 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6255 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6258 if (header_of_multiple
)
6259 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6260 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6261 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6263 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
6264 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6267 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6268 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6275 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6277 struct inferior
*inf
;
6278 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6283 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6284 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6287 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6288 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6290 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6291 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6292 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6293 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6294 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6295 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6297 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6298 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6301 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6303 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6305 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6306 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6307 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6308 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6310 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6312 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6313 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6317 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6319 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6320 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6322 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6325 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6326 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6328 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6329 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6330 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6333 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6336 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6337 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6339 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6340 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6342 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6343 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6344 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6345 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6346 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6348 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6349 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6350 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6351 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6353 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6356 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6358 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6359 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6360 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6361 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6364 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6368 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6369 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6370 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6371 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6372 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6374 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6375 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6376 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6377 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6378 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6380 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6384 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6385 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6386 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6390 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6393 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6394 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6395 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6398 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6399 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6400 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6401 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6404 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6405 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6406 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6407 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6408 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6410 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6411 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6412 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6415 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6417 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6419 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6421 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6422 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6423 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6427 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6428 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6430 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6433 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6434 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6435 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6438 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6440 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6442 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6444 annotate_field (10);
6445 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6446 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6447 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6450 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6452 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6454 annotate_field (11);
6456 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6457 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6458 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6462 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6464 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6465 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6470 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6472 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6474 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6476 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6478 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6479 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6484 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6485 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6488 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6489 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6491 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6493 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6494 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6496 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6497 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6498 locations, if any. */
6499 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6501 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6502 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6503 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6506 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6507 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6509 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6510 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6512 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6515 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6517 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6518 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6519 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6520 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6527 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6529 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6530 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6532 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6536 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6537 an address to print. */
6538 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6541 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6542 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6543 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6546 return print_address_bits
;
6549 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6555 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6557 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6558 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6559 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6563 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6565 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6573 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6574 char **error_message
)
6576 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6579 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6581 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6582 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6588 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6589 internal or momentary. */
6592 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6594 return b
->number
> 0;
6597 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6598 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6599 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6600 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6601 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6602 breakpoints listed. */
6605 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6606 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6608 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6609 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6610 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6611 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6612 struct value_print_options opts
;
6613 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6614 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6615 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6617 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6619 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6620 required for address fields. */
6621 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6624 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6625 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6628 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6629 accept. Skip the others. */
6630 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6632 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6634 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6638 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6640 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6642 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6643 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6644 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6646 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6647 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6648 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6650 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6654 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6656 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6657 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6661 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6662 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6665 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6666 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6667 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6669 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6670 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6672 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6673 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6674 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6676 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6677 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6679 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6680 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6682 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6684 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6685 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6686 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6688 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6689 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6691 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6693 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6694 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6695 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6696 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6701 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6702 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6705 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6706 accept. Skip the others. */
6708 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6710 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6712 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6715 else /* all others */
6717 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6721 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6723 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6724 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6727 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6729 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6731 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6735 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6736 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6738 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6739 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6745 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6746 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6749 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6750 there have been breakpoints? */
6751 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6753 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6756 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6757 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6760 default_collect_info (void)
6762 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6764 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6765 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6767 if (!*default_collect
)
6770 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6772 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6773 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6774 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6778 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6780 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6782 default_collect_info ();
6786 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6788 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6789 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6791 if (num_printed
== 0)
6793 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6794 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6796 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6801 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6803 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6805 default_collect_info ();
6809 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6810 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6811 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6813 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6815 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6817 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6818 && bl
->address
== pc
6819 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6825 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6826 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6830 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6831 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6832 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6835 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6838 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6839 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6843 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6844 else /* if (others == ???) */
6845 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6847 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6850 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6851 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6852 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6853 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6854 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6855 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6856 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6857 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6859 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
6863 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6865 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6866 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6867 printf_filtered (".\n");
6872 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6873 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6874 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6875 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6877 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6878 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6879 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6880 breakpoint at address zero:
6888 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6890 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6892 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6895 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6896 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6899 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6900 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6902 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6903 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6905 /* Both of them must exist. */
6906 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6907 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6909 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6910 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6911 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6912 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6913 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6914 other watchpoint. */
6916 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6918 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6921 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6923 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6927 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6928 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6929 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6930 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6931 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6932 become hw_access locations later. */
6933 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6934 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6935 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6936 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6939 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6942 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6943 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6945 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6946 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6950 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6951 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6952 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6953 space doesn't really matter. */
6956 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6957 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
6960 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6961 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6962 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6965 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6966 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6967 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6968 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6971 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6972 struct address_space
*aspace
,
6975 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6978 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6979 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6983 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6984 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6985 true, otherwise returns false. */
6988 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6989 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6991 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6992 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6993 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6994 different locations. */
6995 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7000 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7001 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7002 represent the same location. */
7005 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7006 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7008 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7010 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7011 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7012 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7014 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7015 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7017 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7020 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7021 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7022 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7024 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7025 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7026 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7027 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7031 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7032 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7034 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7035 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7039 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7040 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7042 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7043 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7045 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7048 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7049 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7050 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7051 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7054 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7055 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7057 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7059 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7062 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7063 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7064 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7065 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7066 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7068 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7069 have their addresses modified. */
7072 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7074 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7075 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7076 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7077 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7078 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7079 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7084 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7086 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7087 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7088 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7090 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7091 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7093 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7094 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7096 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7101 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
7102 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
7104 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
7106 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7111 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7112 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7115 switch (owner
->type
)
7118 case bp_single_step
:
7122 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7123 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7125 case bp_exception_resume
:
7126 case bp_step_resume
:
7127 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7128 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7130 case bp_std_terminate
:
7131 case bp_shlib_event
:
7132 case bp_thread_event
:
7133 case bp_overlay_event
:
7135 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7136 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7137 case bp_exception_master
:
7138 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7139 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7141 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7142 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7144 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7145 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7146 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7148 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7149 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7150 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7151 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7156 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7157 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7158 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7161 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7167 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7169 static struct bp_location
*
7170 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7172 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7176 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7178 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7182 /* Increment reference count. */
7185 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7190 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7191 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7194 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7196 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7198 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7199 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7203 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7206 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7208 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7210 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7211 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7213 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7215 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7224 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7227 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7228 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7230 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7232 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
7234 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7238 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7239 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7240 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7242 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7245 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7247 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
7248 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
7249 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
7250 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7253 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7254 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7256 static struct breakpoint
*
7257 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7259 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7261 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7263 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7264 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7268 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7269 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7273 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7275 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7277 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7278 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7279 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7282 const char *function_name
;
7283 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7285 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7286 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7288 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7290 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7292 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7293 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7294 &loc
->requested_address
))
7296 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7297 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7298 loc
->requested_address
,
7301 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7302 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7304 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7305 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7306 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7307 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7309 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7314 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7318 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7320 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7323 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7325 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
7330 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7331 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7332 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7334 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7335 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7336 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7339 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7340 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7341 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7343 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7345 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7347 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7348 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7350 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7351 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7353 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7354 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7357 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7358 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7359 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7360 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7361 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7362 is also returned as the value of this function.
7364 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7365 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7366 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7367 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7368 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7369 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7370 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7373 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7374 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7375 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7377 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7379 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7380 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7385 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7386 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7388 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7390 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7392 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
7394 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7395 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7396 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7397 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7398 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7399 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7403 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7404 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7405 initiated the operation. */
7408 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7410 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7411 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7413 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7414 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7415 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7416 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7417 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7418 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7419 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7420 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7422 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7423 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7425 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7426 after their removal. */
7427 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7428 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7429 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7432 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7435 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7437 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7439 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7441 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7442 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7444 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7445 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7450 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7452 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7454 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7455 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7457 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7458 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7462 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7463 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7464 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7468 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7470 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7473 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7475 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7477 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7478 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7480 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7482 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7484 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7487 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7488 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7489 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7490 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7496 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7497 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7500 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7501 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7505 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7507 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7509 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7510 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->num
)
7512 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7514 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7515 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7516 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7517 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7520 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7522 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7524 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7525 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7526 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7528 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7533 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7535 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7538 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7540 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7541 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7542 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7547 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7549 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7552 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7554 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7555 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7556 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7560 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7561 master breakpoint. */
7563 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7565 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7567 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7568 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7569 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7571 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7572 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7576 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7578 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7580 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7582 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7583 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7584 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7588 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7590 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7592 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7593 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7595 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7596 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7598 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7600 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7606 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7608 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7610 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7611 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7612 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7613 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7616 struct lang_and_radix
7622 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7625 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7627 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7629 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7630 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7631 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7635 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7638 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7640 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7642 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7643 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7644 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7645 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7649 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7651 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7653 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7654 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7655 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7656 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7659 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7662 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7664 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7666 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7667 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7668 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7669 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7672 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7673 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7674 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7676 static struct breakpoint
*
7677 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7678 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7680 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7682 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7683 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7684 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7689 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7691 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7694 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7697 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7699 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7701 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7703 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7704 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7706 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7712 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7713 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7716 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7718 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7720 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7722 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7723 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7725 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7726 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7727 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7728 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7729 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7730 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7731 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7732 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7733 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7734 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7735 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7736 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7739 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7744 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7745 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7746 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7749 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7751 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7752 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7754 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7755 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7756 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7757 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7758 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7759 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7762 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7764 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7765 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7767 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7768 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7769 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7770 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7771 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7772 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7773 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7774 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7775 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7777 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7778 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7779 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7780 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7783 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7784 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7786 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7788 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7789 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7790 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7793 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7798 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7799 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7800 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7803 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7805 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7807 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7810 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7811 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7812 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7813 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7814 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7815 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7816 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7817 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7818 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7819 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7821 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7822 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7827 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7828 int bp_modified
= 0;
7830 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7833 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7835 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7837 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7838 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7841 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7844 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7847 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7848 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7851 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7853 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7854 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7855 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7856 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7857 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7860 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7867 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7871 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7873 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7874 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7875 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7876 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7877 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7879 struct fork_catchpoint
7881 /* The base class. */
7882 struct breakpoint base
;
7884 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7885 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7886 catchpoint has triggered. */
7887 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7890 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7894 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7896 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7899 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7903 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7905 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7908 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7912 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7913 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7914 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7916 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7918 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7921 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7925 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7928 static enum print_stop_action
7929 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7931 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7932 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7933 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7935 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7936 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7937 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7939 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7940 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7942 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7943 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7944 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7946 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7947 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
7948 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7949 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7950 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7953 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7957 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7959 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7960 struct value_print_options opts
;
7961 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7963 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7965 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7966 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7968 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7969 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7971 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
7972 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7974 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7975 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7976 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7977 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7980 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7981 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
7984 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7988 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7990 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7993 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7997 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7999 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
8000 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8003 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8005 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
8007 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8011 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8013 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8016 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8020 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8022 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8025 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8029 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8030 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8031 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8033 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8035 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
8038 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8042 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8045 static enum print_stop_action
8046 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
8048 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8049 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8050 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8052 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8053 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8054 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8056 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8057 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8059 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8060 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
8061 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8063 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8064 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
8065 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8066 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8067 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8070 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8074 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8076 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8077 struct value_print_options opts
;
8078 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8080 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8081 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8082 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8084 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8085 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8087 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
8088 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8090 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8091 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8092 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8093 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8096 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8097 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
8100 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8104 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8106 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8109 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8113 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8115 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8116 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8119 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8121 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8123 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8124 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8125 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8126 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8127 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8129 struct solib_catchpoint
8131 /* The base class. */
8132 struct breakpoint base
;
8134 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8135 unsigned char is_load
;
8137 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8138 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8144 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8146 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8149 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
8150 xfree (self
->regex
);
8152 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8156 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8162 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8168 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8169 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8171 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8173 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8174 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8176 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8179 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8181 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8183 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8186 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8189 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
8192 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8194 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8203 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8205 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8206 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8211 struct so_list
*iter
;
8214 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8219 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8228 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8233 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8239 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8242 static enum print_stop_action
8243 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8245 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8246 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8248 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8249 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8250 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8252 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8253 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8254 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8255 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8256 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8257 print_solib_event (1);
8258 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8262 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8264 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8265 struct value_print_options opts
;
8266 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8269 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8270 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8271 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8273 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8276 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8283 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8285 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8290 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8292 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8294 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
8297 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8298 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
8299 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8303 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8305 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8307 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8308 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8312 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8314 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8316 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8317 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8318 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8320 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8321 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8324 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8326 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8327 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8328 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8329 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8330 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8331 created in an enabled state. */
8334 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8336 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8337 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8338 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8342 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8344 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
8345 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8351 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8354 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8356 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8357 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8359 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8362 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8363 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8364 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8366 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8368 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8369 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8372 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8376 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8377 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8380 const int enabled
= 1;
8382 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8384 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8388 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8389 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8391 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8395 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8396 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8398 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8401 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8402 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8403 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8404 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8405 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8407 struct syscall_catchpoint
8409 /* The base class. */
8410 struct breakpoint base
;
8412 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8413 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8414 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8415 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8416 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
8419 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8423 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8425 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8427 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8429 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8432 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
8434 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8436 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8437 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8438 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8440 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8441 int any_syscall_count
;
8443 /* Count of each system call. */
8444 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
8446 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8447 if any catching is necessary. */
8448 int total_syscalls_count
;
8451 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
8452 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
8454 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
8456 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8457 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
8459 inf_data
= XCNEW (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8460 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
8467 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
8473 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8477 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8479 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8480 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8481 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8482 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8484 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8485 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8486 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8492 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8497 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8499 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
8500 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8501 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8503 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
8504 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8505 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
8507 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
8508 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
8510 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8511 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
8515 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
),
8516 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8517 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8519 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8521 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8524 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8528 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8530 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8531 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8532 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8533 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8535 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8536 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8537 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8543 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8547 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8548 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8550 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8551 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
8555 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
),
8556 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8557 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8559 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8561 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8564 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8568 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8569 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8570 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8572 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8573 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8574 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8575 int syscall_number
= 0;
8576 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
8577 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8579 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8580 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
8583 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
8585 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8586 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8591 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8593 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
8602 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8605 static enum print_stop_action
8606 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
8608 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8609 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8610 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8611 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8612 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8613 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8615 struct target_waitstatus last
;
8618 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
8620 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
8622 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8624 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8625 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8627 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8628 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8630 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8631 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8632 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8633 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
8634 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8636 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8638 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
8639 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
8641 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
8643 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8644 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
8646 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
8648 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8650 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8653 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8657 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8658 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8660 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8661 struct value_print_options opts
;
8662 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8664 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8665 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8666 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8668 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8669 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8672 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
8673 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8674 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
8676 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
8678 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8681 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8684 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8689 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8692 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
8694 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
8696 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8697 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8701 /* Remove the last comma. */
8702 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
8703 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
8706 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
8707 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8709 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8710 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "syscall");
8713 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8717 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8719 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8721 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8725 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8726 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
8728 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
8731 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8735 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8738 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
8740 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
8742 printf_filtered (")");
8745 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8749 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8753 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8755 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8757 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
8759 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8764 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8769 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8771 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
8773 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
8776 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8779 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8781 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
8783 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8786 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8788 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8791 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8792 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8793 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8794 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8797 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8798 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8800 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8802 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8805 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8807 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8809 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8810 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8814 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8816 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8817 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8818 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8819 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8822 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8825 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8829 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8830 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8831 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8833 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8835 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8837 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8839 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8842 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8844 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8845 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8846 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8847 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8848 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8850 struct exec_catchpoint
8852 /* The base class. */
8853 struct breakpoint base
;
8855 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8856 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8858 char *exec_pathname
;
8861 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8865 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8867 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8869 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8871 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8875 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8877 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8881 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8883 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8887 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8888 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8889 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8891 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8893 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8896 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8900 static enum print_stop_action
8901 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8903 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8904 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8905 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8907 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8908 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8909 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8911 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8912 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8914 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8915 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8916 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8918 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8919 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8920 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8921 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8923 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8927 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8929 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8930 struct value_print_options opts
;
8931 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8933 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8935 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8936 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8937 is relatively readable). */
8938 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8939 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8941 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8942 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8944 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8945 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8946 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8949 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8950 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8954 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8956 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8959 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8963 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8965 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8966 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8969 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8972 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
8973 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8975 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
8976 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8978 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
8979 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
8980 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
8982 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8986 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8989 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8990 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8994 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8995 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8997 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8999 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
9006 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
9010 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9013 struct bp_location
*bl
;
9015 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
9018 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
9020 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
9022 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
9028 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
9029 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
9030 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
9031 types _not_ TYPE. */
9034 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
9035 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
9038 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9040 *other_type_used
= 0;
9045 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
9048 if (b
->type
== type
)
9049 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
9050 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
9051 *other_type_used
= 1;
9058 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
9060 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9064 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
9066 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
9067 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
9073 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
9075 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9079 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
9081 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9082 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9088 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
9090 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
9091 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
9095 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
9097 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
9098 breakpoint_re_set ();
9101 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
9104 static struct breakpoint
*
9105 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
9107 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9109 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
9110 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
9112 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9113 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
9116 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
9118 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
9123 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
9124 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
9128 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
9129 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
9131 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9133 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
9135 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
9137 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
9138 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9139 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9140 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
9142 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
9143 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
9145 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
9146 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
9148 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9153 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
9154 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
9155 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
9157 static struct breakpoint
*
9158 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
9160 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9163 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
9165 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
9166 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
9167 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
9169 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
9170 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
9171 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
9172 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
9173 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
9174 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
9175 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
9176 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
9177 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
9178 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
9179 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
9180 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
9182 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9183 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9184 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
9186 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
9190 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
9194 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
9196 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
9200 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
9204 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9207 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9209 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9211 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
9212 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9214 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
9218 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
9221 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9223 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
9224 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
9226 printf_filtered ("\n");
9230 static struct bp_location
*
9231 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9232 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9234 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
9235 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
9236 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9238 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
9239 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
9241 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9242 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9243 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9244 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9245 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9246 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9247 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
9250 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9251 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
9252 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
9253 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
9258 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
9259 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
9260 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
9261 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
9262 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
9263 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
9264 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
9265 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
9266 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
9267 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
9269 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
9270 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
9275 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9276 return 0 otherwise. */
9279 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9283 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
9284 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
9285 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9288 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9290 addr
= loc
->address
;
9291 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
9293 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9297 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
9299 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9300 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9301 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9302 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9304 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9305 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9307 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
9308 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
9311 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9316 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9317 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9320 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9322 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9323 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9328 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9330 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9332 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9334 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9336 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9337 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9339 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9340 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9341 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9343 if (!dprintf_function
)
9344 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9346 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9347 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9352 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9356 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9358 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9359 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9362 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9363 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9367 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9368 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9370 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9371 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9373 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
9374 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9376 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9377 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9378 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9379 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9380 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9381 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9383 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
9387 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9388 current style settings. */
9391 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9392 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9394 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9398 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9399 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9403 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9404 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9405 as condition expression. */
9408 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9409 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9410 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9412 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9413 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9414 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9415 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9416 int display_canonical
)
9420 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9422 int target_resources_ok
;
9424 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9425 target_resources_ok
=
9426 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9428 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9429 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9430 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9431 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9434 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9436 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9438 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9439 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9443 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9445 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9447 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9448 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9453 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9457 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9458 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9459 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9460 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9461 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9463 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9464 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9466 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9468 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9469 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9471 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9473 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9474 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9475 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
9479 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9481 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9483 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9484 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9486 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9488 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9490 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9492 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9493 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9495 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9497 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9500 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9501 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9508 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9509 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9513 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9514 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9518 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9520 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9521 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9523 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9526 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9527 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9528 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9530 if (b
->extra_string
)
9531 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9533 error (_("Format string required"));
9535 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9536 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9539 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9541 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9543 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9546 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9551 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9552 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9553 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9555 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9556 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9557 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9558 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9559 int display_canonical
)
9561 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9562 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9564 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9566 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9568 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9572 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9574 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9576 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9578 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9580 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9582 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9584 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9586 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9589 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9590 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9591 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9592 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9593 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9594 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9595 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9596 we take just a single condition string.
9598 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9599 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9600 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9601 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9602 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9605 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9606 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9607 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9608 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9609 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9610 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9611 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9614 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9616 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9617 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9619 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9621 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9622 'break', without arguments. */
9623 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9624 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9626 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9627 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9629 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9630 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9633 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9635 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9636 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9637 canonical
->special_display
);
9638 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9642 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9643 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9644 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9645 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9647 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9648 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9651 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9652 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9654 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9656 if ((*address
) == NULL
9657 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
9659 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9661 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9663 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9664 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9667 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9668 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9669 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9671 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9672 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9673 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9674 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9675 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9676 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9678 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9680 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9681 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9682 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9683 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9684 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9686 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9688 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9689 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9690 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9692 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9695 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9699 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9701 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9702 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9703 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9704 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9706 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9707 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9708 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9710 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9711 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9712 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9713 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9714 get_last_displayed_line (),
9715 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9717 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9718 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9723 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9724 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9727 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9731 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9732 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9735 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9736 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9737 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9738 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9739 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9743 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9744 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9747 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9749 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9751 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9753 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9755 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9757 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9758 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9759 associated with SAL. */
9762 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9764 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9767 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9768 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9770 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9774 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9776 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9777 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9779 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9782 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9783 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9784 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9785 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9786 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9787 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9790 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9791 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9794 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9801 const char *end_tok
;
9803 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9804 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9806 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9808 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9810 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9814 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9816 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9818 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9820 struct expression
*expr
;
9822 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9823 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9826 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9828 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9833 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9835 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9836 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9837 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9840 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9845 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9847 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9848 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9849 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9854 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9858 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9862 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9864 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9865 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9867 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9868 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9869 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9870 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9875 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9877 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9879 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9880 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9882 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9883 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9884 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9886 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9887 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9889 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9891 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9893 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9895 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9897 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9898 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9900 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9903 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9909 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9910 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9911 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9912 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9913 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9914 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9915 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9916 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9917 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9918 was created; false otherwise. */
9921 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9922 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9923 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9925 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9927 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9928 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9929 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9932 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9933 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9934 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9935 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9936 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9937 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9940 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9942 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9944 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9946 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9948 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
9949 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
9952 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9956 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9962 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
9964 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9967 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9968 throw_exception (e
);
9970 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9972 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9973 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9974 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9975 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9976 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9979 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9980 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9981 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9982 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9984 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9986 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
9987 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
9988 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9989 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9990 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
9992 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
9996 throw_exception (e
);
10000 throw_exception (e
);
10003 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
10004 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
10006 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
10007 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
10008 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
10009 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
10010 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
10012 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
10013 are ok for the target. */
10017 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
10019 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
10020 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
10023 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
10024 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
10027 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
10029 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
10030 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
10033 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
10034 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
10041 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
10043 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
10045 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
10046 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
10047 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
10048 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
10050 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
10051 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
10053 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
10055 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
10057 extra_string
= rest
;
10062 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg
);
10064 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10067 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
10068 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
10070 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
10073 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
10074 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
10078 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
10079 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
10080 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
10081 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
10082 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
10086 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10088 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
10090 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
10092 struct tracepoint
*t
;
10094 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
10098 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
10100 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
10102 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
10104 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
10107 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10110 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
10111 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
10113 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
10115 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
10116 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
10117 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
10118 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
10119 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
10120 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
10121 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
10122 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10124 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
10127 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
10129 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
10130 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
10131 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
10134 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
10136 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
10137 /* But cleanup everything else. */
10138 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10140 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
10141 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10146 /* Set a breakpoint.
10147 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
10148 condition, and thread.
10149 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
10150 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
10151 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
10154 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
10156 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
10157 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
10158 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
10160 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
10161 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
10163 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
10164 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
10165 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
10167 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
10169 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10171 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10172 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
10173 0 /* Ignore count */,
10174 pending_break_support
,
10182 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
10185 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
10189 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
10191 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
10192 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10193 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
10196 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10197 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10198 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
10199 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
10202 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
10204 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
10205 const struct block
*b
;
10206 struct symbol
*sym
;
10208 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
10211 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
10214 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
10215 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal
->symtab
->objfile
, sym
);
10219 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10220 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10221 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10222 happen in assembly source). */
10224 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
10225 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
10227 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
10229 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
10231 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
10233 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10240 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10242 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10246 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10248 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
10252 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10254 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
10258 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10260 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
10264 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10266 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10267 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10268 stop at <line>\n"));
10272 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10276 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
10278 else if (*arg
!= '*')
10280 char *argptr
= arg
;
10283 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10284 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10285 function/method name. */
10286 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10288 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10293 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10295 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
10299 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10301 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10305 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10309 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
10313 char *argptr
= arg
;
10316 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10317 it is probably a line number. */
10318 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10320 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10325 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
10327 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
10331 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10333 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10336 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10337 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10338 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10342 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10344 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10346 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10348 0 /* Ignore count */,
10349 pending_break_support
,
10350 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10358 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10360 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10363 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10364 ranged breakpoints. */
10367 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10368 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10370 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10372 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10373 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10376 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10377 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10380 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10381 ranged breakpoints. */
10384 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10386 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10389 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10390 ranged breakpoints. */
10392 static enum print_stop_action
10393 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10395 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10396 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10397 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10399 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10401 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10402 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10404 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10405 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10406 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10408 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10409 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10411 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10412 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10413 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10415 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10416 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10418 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10421 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10422 ranged breakpoints. */
10425 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10426 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10428 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10429 struct value_print_options opts
;
10430 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10432 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10433 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10435 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10437 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10438 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10439 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10440 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10441 annotate_field (5);
10442 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10446 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10447 ranged breakpoints. */
10450 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10451 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10453 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10454 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10455 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10456 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10460 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10461 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10463 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10464 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10465 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10466 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10467 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10468 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10470 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10473 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10474 ranged breakpoints. */
10477 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10479 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10480 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10483 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10485 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10488 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10489 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10490 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10493 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10494 ranged breakpoints. */
10497 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10499 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
10500 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
10501 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10504 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10506 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10508 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10509 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10510 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10511 last instruction of the given line. */
10514 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10518 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10519 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10520 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10527 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10529 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10531 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10538 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10541 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10543 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10544 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10545 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10547 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10548 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10549 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10550 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10552 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10553 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10554 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10556 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10557 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10558 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10560 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10561 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10563 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10564 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10565 error(_("No address range specified."));
10567 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10570 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10572 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10575 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10576 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10577 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10579 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10581 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10582 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10583 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10585 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10586 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10587 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10589 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10590 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10592 /* Parse the end location. */
10594 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10597 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10598 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10599 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10600 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10601 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10602 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10603 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10604 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10606 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10608 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10609 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10611 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10612 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10613 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10614 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10616 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10617 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10618 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10620 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10621 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10622 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10624 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10626 /* Length overflowed. */
10627 error (_("Address range too large."));
10628 else if (length
== 1)
10630 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10631 the `hbreak' command. */
10632 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10634 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10639 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10640 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10641 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10642 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10643 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10644 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10645 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10646 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10647 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10649 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10652 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10653 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10656 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10657 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10658 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10662 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10664 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10670 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10671 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10674 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10684 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10685 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10686 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10687 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10688 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10690 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10717 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10720 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10721 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10726 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10727 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10728 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10729 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10730 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10731 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10732 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10734 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10735 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10740 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10742 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10743 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10744 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10745 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10747 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10748 are always constant. */
10750 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10752 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10753 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10754 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10759 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10760 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10761 then it is not a constant. */
10770 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10773 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10775 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10777 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10779 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10780 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10781 value_free (w
->val
);
10783 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10786 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10789 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10791 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10793 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10794 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10796 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10797 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10798 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10799 are loaded and unloaded.
10801 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10802 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10803 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10804 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10805 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10806 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10808 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10809 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10810 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10811 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10813 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10814 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10816 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10817 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10818 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10821 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10824 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10826 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10827 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10829 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10833 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10836 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10838 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10839 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10841 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10846 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10847 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10848 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10850 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10851 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10853 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10854 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10855 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10856 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10857 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10858 (did not match the data address). */
10859 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10860 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10867 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10869 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10871 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10874 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10875 hardware watchpoints. */
10878 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10880 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10881 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10883 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10886 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10887 hardware watchpoints. */
10890 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10892 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10893 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10896 static enum print_stop_action
10897 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10899 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10900 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10901 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10902 enum print_stop_action result
;
10903 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10904 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10906 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10908 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10909 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10911 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10912 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10916 case bp_watchpoint
:
10917 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10918 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10919 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10920 ui_out_field_string
10922 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10924 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10925 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10926 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10927 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10928 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10929 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10930 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10931 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10932 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10933 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10936 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10937 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10938 ui_out_field_string
10940 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10942 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10943 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10944 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10945 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10946 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10947 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10950 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10951 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10953 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10954 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10955 ui_out_field_string
10957 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10959 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10960 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10961 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10962 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10963 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10968 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10969 ui_out_field_string
10971 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10972 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10973 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10975 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10976 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10977 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10978 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10981 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10984 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10988 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10992 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10994 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10995 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10996 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11000 case bp_watchpoint
:
11001 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
11002 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11004 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11005 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
11006 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11008 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11009 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
11010 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
11012 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11013 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11014 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
11017 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11018 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11021 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
11022 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
11023 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
11024 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
11027 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11031 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11033 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11037 case bp_watchpoint
:
11038 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11039 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
11041 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11042 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
11044 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11045 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
11048 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11049 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
11052 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
11053 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11056 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
11060 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
11062 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
11063 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
11064 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
11070 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
11072 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11074 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
11075 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11078 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11080 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
11082 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
11083 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
11086 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
11087 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11090 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11092 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
11094 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
11095 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
11098 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
11099 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11102 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
11104 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
11106 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11109 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
11110 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11113 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11118 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
11119 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11121 static enum print_stop_action
11122 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
11124 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
11125 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11127 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11128 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
11132 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11133 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
11134 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11135 ui_out_field_string
11137 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11140 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11141 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11142 ui_out_field_string
11144 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11147 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11148 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11149 ui_out_field_string
11151 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11154 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11155 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11159 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
11160 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
11161 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
11162 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11164 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
11165 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11168 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
11169 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11172 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
11173 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
11175 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11177 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11178 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
11180 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
11181 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11182 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11185 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11186 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11189 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11191 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11192 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11193 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
11197 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11198 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11199 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11201 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11202 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11203 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
11205 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11206 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11207 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
11210 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11211 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11214 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
11215 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
11216 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
11217 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
11220 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11221 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11224 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11226 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11231 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11232 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
11234 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11235 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
11237 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11238 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
11241 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11242 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11245 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11246 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
11247 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11250 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11252 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11254 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11257 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11259 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11262 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11263 hw_read: watch read,
11264 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11266 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
11267 int just_location
, int internal
)
11269 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
11270 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11271 struct expression
*exp
;
11272 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11273 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
11274 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
11275 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11276 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
11277 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
11278 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
11280 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
11281 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
11282 enum bptype bp_type
;
11285 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11286 the hardware watchpoint. */
11288 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
11289 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11291 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
11293 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11294 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
11296 const char *value_start
;
11298 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
11300 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11301 of the arguments string. */
11302 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
11304 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11305 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11308 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11309 This is the value of the parameter. */
11310 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11312 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
11314 /* Skip whitespace. */
11315 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11320 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11321 This is the parameter itself. */
11322 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11325 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
11327 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
11329 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11330 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11331 only in a specific thread. */
11335 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11337 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11338 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
11340 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11342 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
11343 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
11345 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11346 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
11347 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
11349 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
11351 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11352 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11354 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11357 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11359 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11361 mark
= value_mark ();
11362 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11363 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11364 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11367 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11370 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11371 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11378 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11379 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11381 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11382 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11383 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11384 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11385 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11387 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11388 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11390 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11393 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11394 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
11398 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11399 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11401 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11404 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11405 mark
= value_mark ();
11406 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11408 if (val
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
11410 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val
);
11411 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val
);
11418 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11419 val
= value_addr (result
);
11420 release_value (val
);
11421 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11425 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11428 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11429 else if (ret
== -2)
11430 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11433 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11434 release_value (val
);
11436 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11437 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11439 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11440 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11442 struct expression
*cond
;
11444 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11445 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11446 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11448 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11449 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11450 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11456 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11458 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11460 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11461 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11462 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11463 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11464 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11466 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11469 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11470 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11471 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11472 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11474 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11476 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11477 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11479 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11480 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11482 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11483 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11484 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11485 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11486 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11487 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11488 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11489 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11490 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11494 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11495 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11496 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11497 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11499 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11500 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11501 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11502 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11504 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11506 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11509 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11510 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11512 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11513 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11514 b
->thread
= thread
;
11515 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11516 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11518 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11519 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11522 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11523 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11526 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11527 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11529 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11530 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11533 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11534 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11536 /* The above expression is in C. */
11537 b
->language
= language_c
;
11540 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11544 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11549 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
11550 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
11555 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11557 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11561 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11562 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11566 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11567 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11570 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11572 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11573 need to act on them together. */
11574 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11575 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11578 if (!just_location
)
11579 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11581 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11583 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11584 that should be inserted. */
11585 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11589 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11590 throw_exception (e
);
11593 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11594 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11597 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11598 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11601 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11603 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11604 struct value
*head
= v
;
11606 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11607 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11610 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11611 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11612 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11613 hardware watchpoint.
11615 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11616 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11617 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11618 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11619 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11620 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11621 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11622 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11623 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11625 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11626 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11627 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11628 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11629 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11631 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11633 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11634 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11635 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11636 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11637 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11638 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11642 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11643 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11644 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11646 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11647 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11648 middle of some value chain. */
11650 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11651 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11653 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11657 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11658 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11659 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11661 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11665 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11669 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11670 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11671 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11672 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11673 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11676 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11677 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11678 return found_memory_cnt
;
11682 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11684 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11687 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11688 calls watch_command_1. */
11691 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11693 int just_location
= 0;
11696 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11697 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11699 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11703 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11707 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11709 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11713 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11715 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11719 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11721 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11725 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11727 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11731 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11733 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11737 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11738 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11740 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11742 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11743 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11747 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11748 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11749 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11752 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11754 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11756 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11757 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11758 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11759 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11763 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11765 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11766 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11767 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11768 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11769 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11770 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11771 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11772 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11773 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11775 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11777 clear_proceed_status (0);
11779 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11782 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11783 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11784 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11785 get_last_displayed_line ());
11787 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11788 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11790 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11791 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11793 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11794 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11797 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11799 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11801 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11804 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11806 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11807 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11808 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11811 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11812 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11813 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11814 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11816 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11819 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11821 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11823 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11824 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11825 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11829 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11831 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11832 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11835 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11839 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11840 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11841 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11842 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11844 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11845 only at the very same frame. */
11846 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11847 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11848 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11850 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
11852 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11853 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11854 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11855 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11857 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11859 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11860 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11862 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11863 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11864 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11866 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11867 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11868 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11872 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11875 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11876 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11878 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11879 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11880 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11881 if clause in the arg string. */
11884 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11888 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11891 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11894 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11895 condition string. */
11896 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11897 cond_string
= *arg
;
11899 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11901 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11903 return cond_string
;
11906 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11907 process start/exit, etc. */
11911 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11912 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11917 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11918 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11920 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11921 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11922 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11925 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11926 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11927 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11931 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11933 /* The allowed syntax is:
11935 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11937 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11938 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11940 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11941 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11943 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11944 and enable reporting of such events. */
11947 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11948 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11949 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11950 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11952 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11953 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11954 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11955 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11958 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11964 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11965 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11967 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11968 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11970 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11972 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11976 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11978 /* The allowed syntax is:
11980 catch exec if <cond>
11982 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11983 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11985 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11986 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11988 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11989 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11990 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11991 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11993 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11997 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11998 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11999 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
12001 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12008 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
12010 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
12012 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
12013 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
12014 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
12015 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
12016 used for different exception names will use the same address.
12017 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
12018 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
12019 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
12020 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
12021 enough for now, though. */
12024 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
12026 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
12027 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
12028 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
12029 b
->language
= language_ada
;
12032 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
12033 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
12035 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
12037 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
12038 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
12040 while (*arg
!= '\0')
12042 int i
, syscall_number
;
12044 char cur_name
[128];
12047 /* Skip whitespace. */
12048 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
12050 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
12051 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
12052 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
12055 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
12056 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
12057 if (*endptr
== '\0')
12058 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
12061 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
12063 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
12065 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
12066 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
12067 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
12068 syscall number to be caught. */
12069 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
12072 /* Ok, it's valid. */
12073 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
12076 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
12080 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
12083 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
12084 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
12089 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
12091 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
12092 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
12093 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
12094 this architecture yet."));
12096 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
12098 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
12100 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
12101 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
12102 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
12103 for his/her architecture. */
12104 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
12106 /* The allowed syntax is:
12108 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
12110 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
12113 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
12117 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
12118 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
12122 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12124 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12129 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12131 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12134 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
12137 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
12139 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
12140 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
12141 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
12142 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
12144 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
12146 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
12149 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
12153 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
12156 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
12159 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12161 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
12162 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
12165 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
12166 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
12168 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
12172 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
12173 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
12174 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
12175 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
12180 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
12181 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
12182 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
12183 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
12185 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
12186 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12187 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12188 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
12189 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
12190 error (_("No source file specified."));
12192 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
12198 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12199 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12200 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12201 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12203 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12204 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12205 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12206 due to optimization, all in one block.
12208 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12209 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12210 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12211 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12212 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12213 to support that. */
12215 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12216 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12217 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12221 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
12222 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
12224 const char *sal_fullname
;
12226 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12227 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12228 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12231 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12236 1 0 <can't happen> */
12238 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
12239 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
12240 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
12242 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12243 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12246 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12247 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
12249 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12250 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12252 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12253 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12254 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
12256 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
12257 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
12258 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
12259 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
12260 int line_match
= 0;
12262 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
12263 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
12264 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
12265 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
12266 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
12267 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
12268 sal_fullname
) == 0)
12271 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
12280 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
12284 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12285 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
12288 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
12290 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12293 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12294 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12295 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12296 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
12297 compare_breakpoints
);
12298 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12299 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12303 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12308 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12309 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12312 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12313 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12315 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12318 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12321 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12322 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12325 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12327 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12330 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12331 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12332 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12335 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12337 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12339 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12340 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12341 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12343 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12345 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12347 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12348 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12352 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12353 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12354 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12355 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12356 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12357 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12360 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12362 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
12363 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
12364 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12365 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12366 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12368 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12369 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12371 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12372 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12375 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12376 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12377 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12379 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12380 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
12381 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
12383 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12384 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12385 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12387 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12388 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12389 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12391 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12394 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12395 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12396 content of the bp_location array. */
12399 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12401 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12403 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12404 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12406 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12408 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12410 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12413 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12414 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12416 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12417 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12418 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12419 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12421 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12423 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12424 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12425 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12426 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12430 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12433 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12435 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12436 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12438 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12441 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12443 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12445 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12446 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12447 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12449 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12450 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12451 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12454 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12456 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12457 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12458 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12459 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12462 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12464 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12467 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12469 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12470 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12471 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12472 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12475 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12478 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12481 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12483 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12484 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12485 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12486 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12488 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12489 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12490 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12491 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12492 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12494 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12495 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12496 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12497 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12498 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12499 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12500 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12501 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12504 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12505 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12506 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12510 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12512 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12513 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12514 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12517 address
= bl
->address
;
12518 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12520 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12521 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12522 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12524 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12525 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12528 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12529 the same program space as the location
12530 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12531 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12532 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12536 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12537 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12540 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12541 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12542 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12543 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12544 that have already been marked. */
12545 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12547 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12549 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12551 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12552 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12556 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12557 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12558 locations are duplicate of which.
12560 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12561 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12565 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12567 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12568 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12569 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12570 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12571 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12572 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12573 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12575 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12576 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12577 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12578 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12579 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12581 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12582 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12583 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12584 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12586 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12587 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12588 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12589 unsigned old_location_count
;
12591 old_location
= bp_location
;
12592 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12593 bp_location
= NULL
;
12594 bp_location_count
= 0;
12595 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12597 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12598 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12599 bp_location_count
++;
12601 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12602 locp
= bp_location
;
12603 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12604 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12606 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12607 bp_location_compare
);
12609 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12611 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12612 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12613 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12614 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12615 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12618 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12619 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12621 locp
= bp_location
;
12622 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12625 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12626 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12628 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12629 not, we have to free it. */
12630 int found_object
= 0;
12631 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12632 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12635 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12636 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12637 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12638 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12642 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12643 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12646 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12647 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12648 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12650 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12651 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12652 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12654 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12655 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12658 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12662 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12663 have to go through updates again. */
12664 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12666 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12668 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12670 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12671 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12672 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12673 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12674 at certain location is not inserted. */
12676 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12678 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12681 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12683 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12684 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12685 keep_in_target
= 1;
12689 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12690 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12691 remove its target-side condition. */
12693 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12694 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12695 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12696 this one from the target. */
12698 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12699 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12702 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12703 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12706 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12708 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12710 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12711 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12712 supported, but the latter are. */
12713 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12715 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12716 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12719 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12720 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12722 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12723 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12725 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12726 keep_in_target
= 1;
12734 if (!keep_in_target
)
12736 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12738 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12739 this location on the global list, and try to
12740 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12741 reason why we will succeed next time.
12743 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12744 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12745 only after calling us. */
12746 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12747 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12748 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12756 if (removed
&& non_stop
12757 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
12758 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12760 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12761 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12762 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12763 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12764 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12765 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12766 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12767 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12768 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12769 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12770 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12771 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12772 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12773 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12776 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12777 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12779 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12780 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12781 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12782 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12783 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12784 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12785 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12786 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12787 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12788 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12789 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12790 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12791 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12794 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12795 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12796 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12797 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12799 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12800 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12801 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12802 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12803 traps we can no longer explain. */
12805 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12806 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12808 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12812 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12813 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12818 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12819 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12820 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12821 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12822 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12823 are sorted first for the same address.
12825 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12826 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12828 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12829 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12830 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12831 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12832 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12834 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12836 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12839 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12840 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12841 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12842 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12843 `struct bp_location'. */
12844 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12846 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12847 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12851 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12852 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12853 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12854 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12855 "actually inserted"));
12857 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12858 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12859 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12860 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12861 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12862 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12864 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12866 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12867 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12868 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12870 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12871 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12873 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12875 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12876 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12877 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12883 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12884 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12885 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12887 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12888 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12890 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12891 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12893 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
12894 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12895 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12896 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12897 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12900 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12902 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12903 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12906 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12907 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12908 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12909 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12910 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12912 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12916 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12917 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12919 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12923 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12925 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12928 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12929 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12931 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12932 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12938 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12940 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12942 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12943 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12946 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12949 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12953 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12954 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12956 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12957 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12958 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12962 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12964 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12966 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12968 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12972 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12976 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12978 struct value_print_options opts
;
12980 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12982 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12984 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12986 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
12990 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12992 printf_filtered (" at ");
12993 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12996 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12998 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
13000 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
13001 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
13002 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
13003 b
->loc
->line_number
);
13005 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
13006 different file name, and this at least reflects the
13007 real situation somewhat. */
13008 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
13013 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
13015 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13017 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
13022 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
13025 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
13027 xfree (self
->cond
);
13028 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
13029 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
13030 xfree (self
->function_name
);
13032 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.conditions
);
13033 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.tcommands
);
13036 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
13041 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
13045 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13047 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
13048 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
13049 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
13050 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
13051 xfree (self
->filter
);
13052 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
13055 static struct bp_location
*
13056 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13058 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13060 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
13061 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
13066 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13068 /* Nothing to re-set. */
13071 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
13072 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
13075 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13077 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13081 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13083 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13087 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13088 struct address_space
*aspace
,
13090 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13092 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13096 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13101 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13105 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
13107 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13110 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13114 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13116 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13119 static enum print_stop_action
13120 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13122 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13126 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13127 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13133 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13135 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13139 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13141 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13145 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13146 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13147 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13151 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13155 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13156 struct linespec_result
*c
,
13158 char *extra_string
,
13159 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13160 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13162 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13163 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
13164 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13165 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13167 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13171 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13172 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13174 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13177 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13180 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
13185 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13188 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13190 /* Nothing to do. */
13193 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
13195 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
13196 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
13197 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
13198 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
13199 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
13200 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
13201 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
13202 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
13203 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
13204 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
13206 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
13207 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
13208 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
13209 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
13210 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
13211 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
13212 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
13213 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
13216 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13219 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13221 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13222 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
13224 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
13225 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13229 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13233 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13235 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13236 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13238 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13242 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13244 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13245 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13247 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13251 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13252 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13253 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13255 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13256 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
13259 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
13263 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
13264 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
13265 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
13272 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13273 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13274 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13276 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
13277 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13279 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13280 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13281 be set at the same address. */
13285 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
13289 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13291 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
13296 static enum print_stop_action
13297 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13299 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13300 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
13302 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13304 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
13306 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
13307 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13309 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
13310 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
13311 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13314 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13316 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13318 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
13319 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13321 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
13322 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13323 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13325 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
13326 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
13328 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13332 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13334 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13339 case bp_breakpoint
:
13340 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13341 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13342 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13344 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13345 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13346 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13347 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13349 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13350 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13353 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13361 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13363 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13364 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13365 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13366 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13367 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13368 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13369 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13370 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13371 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13373 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13374 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13376 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
13377 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13381 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13382 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13383 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13384 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13386 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13387 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13391 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13392 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13394 char *extra_string
,
13395 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13396 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13398 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13399 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13400 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13401 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13403 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13404 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13406 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13407 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13408 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13412 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13413 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13415 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13418 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13421 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13425 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13426 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13427 case bp_overlay_event
:
13428 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13429 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13430 case bp_exception_master
:
13431 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13434 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13435 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13436 case bp_shlib_event
:
13438 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13439 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13440 case bp_thread_event
:
13446 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13448 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13450 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13451 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13452 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13453 objects (among other things). */
13454 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13455 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13461 static enum print_stop_action
13462 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13464 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13466 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13470 case bp_shlib_event
:
13471 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13472 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13473 to shlib event" message.) */
13474 print_solib_event (0);
13477 case bp_thread_event
:
13478 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13479 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13480 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13483 case bp_overlay_event
:
13484 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13485 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13488 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13489 /* These should never be enabled. */
13490 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13493 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13494 /* These should never be enabled. */
13495 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13496 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13499 case bp_exception_master
:
13500 /* These should never be enabled. */
13501 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13502 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13506 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13510 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13512 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13515 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13518 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13520 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13521 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13522 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13523 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13527 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13529 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13532 static enum print_stop_action
13533 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13535 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13537 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13539 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13544 ui_out_field_string
13546 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13550 ui_out_field_string
13552 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13557 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13561 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13563 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13566 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13568 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13569 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13572 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13574 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13577 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13579 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13582 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13585 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13587 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13591 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13593 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13594 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13603 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13605 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13606 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13607 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13611 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13615 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13616 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13617 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13618 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13620 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13622 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13624 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13625 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13627 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13631 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13632 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13634 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13636 error (_("probe not found"));
13639 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13642 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13644 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13648 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13649 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13650 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13652 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13658 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13659 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13661 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13662 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13664 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13666 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13667 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13668 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13669 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13674 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13676 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13681 case bp_tracepoint
:
13682 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13683 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13685 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13686 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13687 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13689 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13690 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13691 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13694 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13695 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13702 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13704 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13706 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13707 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13708 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13709 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13710 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13711 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13713 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13714 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13716 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13717 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13719 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13720 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13724 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13725 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13726 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13727 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13729 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13730 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13734 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13735 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13737 char *extra_string
,
13738 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13739 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13741 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13742 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13743 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13744 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13746 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13747 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13749 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13750 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13751 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13755 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13756 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13758 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13761 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13763 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13767 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13768 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13769 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13770 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13772 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13773 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13774 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13778 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13779 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13781 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13782 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13785 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13787 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13790 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13792 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13794 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13795 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13796 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13797 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13799 if (b
->loc
!= NULL
&& b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
13800 error (_("Format string required"));
13802 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13803 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13804 3 - disconnect from target 1
13805 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13807 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13808 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13809 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13810 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13811 it all the time. */
13812 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13813 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13816 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13819 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13821 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s%s", tp
->addr_string
,
13823 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13826 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13829 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13830 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13831 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13832 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13833 address are all handled. */
13836 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13838 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13839 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13840 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13842 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13843 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13844 condition not be evaluated. */
13847 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13848 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13849 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13850 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13851 commands here throws. */
13852 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13853 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13854 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13856 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13858 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13859 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13861 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13864 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13868 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13869 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13870 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13871 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13873 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13875 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13877 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13879 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13880 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13881 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13885 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13886 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13888 char *extra_string
,
13889 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13890 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13892 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13893 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13894 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13895 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13898 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
13899 canonical
->sals
, 0);
13901 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13902 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13903 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13904 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13905 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13906 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13908 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13910 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13911 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13912 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13915 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13916 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13918 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13919 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13921 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13922 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13924 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13925 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13926 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13927 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13928 canonical
->special_display
);
13929 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13930 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13931 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13932 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13933 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13934 corresponds to this one */
13935 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13937 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13939 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13944 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13945 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13947 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13949 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
13950 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13952 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13956 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13959 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13962 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13964 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13967 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13971 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13973 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13975 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13977 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13978 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13981 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13982 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13983 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13984 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13985 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13988 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13989 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13990 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13991 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13993 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13996 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13997 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13998 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
14000 struct breakpoint
*related
;
14001 struct watchpoint
*w
;
14003 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14004 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
14005 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14006 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14010 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
14012 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
14013 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
14014 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
14015 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
14016 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
14019 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
14020 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
14021 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
14022 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
14024 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
14026 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
14027 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
14029 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14030 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
14032 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
14036 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
14038 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
14039 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
14040 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
14041 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
14042 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
14043 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
14044 commands won't work. */
14046 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
14048 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
14049 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
14050 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
14051 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
14052 might be better design to have location completely
14053 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
14054 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14056 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
14057 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
14058 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
14059 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
14064 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
14066 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14070 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14072 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
14075 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
14076 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
14079 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14080 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14084 struct breakpoint
*related
;
14089 struct breakpoint
*next
;
14091 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
14092 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
14094 if (next
== related
)
14096 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
14097 function (related
, data
);
14099 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
14100 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
14105 function (related
, data
);
14109 while (related
!= b
);
14113 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14115 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14118 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14119 delete_breakpoint. */
14122 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14124 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14128 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14130 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14136 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14138 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
14139 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
14140 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
14141 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14142 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14144 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14148 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14150 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
14152 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14153 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14154 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14158 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14162 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
14164 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14165 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
14166 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14171 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
14172 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
14173 Null names are ignored. */
14176 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
14178 struct bp_location
*l
;
14179 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
14180 (int (*) (const void *,
14181 const void *)) streq
,
14182 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
14184 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14187 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
14189 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
14193 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
14195 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14199 htab_delete (htab
);
14205 htab_delete (htab
);
14209 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14210 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14211 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14212 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14213 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14214 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14215 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14216 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14219 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14220 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14221 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14222 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14223 in the sources, and output a warning.
14225 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14226 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14227 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14228 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14229 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14232 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14233 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14234 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14235 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14236 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14237 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14238 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14239 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14240 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14242 static struct symtab_and_line
14243 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
14245 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14246 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
14251 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
14253 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
14255 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
14256 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14258 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
14260 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14261 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
14262 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
14267 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14269 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
14271 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
14272 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
14274 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
14277 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14279 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
14281 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
14282 struct symbol
*sym
;
14283 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
14284 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14286 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
14288 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14289 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
14291 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14292 "found at previous line number"),
14293 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14297 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
14299 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
14300 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
14301 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
14304 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
14305 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
14306 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
14308 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
14309 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14310 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
14312 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
14314 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
14316 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
14319 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
14320 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
14322 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
14323 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
14325 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
14326 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14327 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
14328 b
->loc
->line_number
);
14330 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14333 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
14339 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14340 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14343 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
14347 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
14350 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
14353 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
14360 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14366 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14367 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14368 a ranged breakpoint. */
14371 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14372 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14373 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14376 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
14378 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14380 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14382 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14383 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14384 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14385 "multiple locations found\n"),
14390 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14391 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14392 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14393 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14394 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14395 individual locations. */
14396 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14401 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14403 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14405 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14407 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14409 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14411 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14414 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14416 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14417 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14419 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14420 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14425 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14426 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14427 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14428 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14432 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14434 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14436 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14440 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14441 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14442 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
14444 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14447 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14448 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14449 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14450 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14451 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14452 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14453 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14455 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14457 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14459 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14460 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14462 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14463 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14471 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14472 if (l
->function_name
14473 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14483 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14484 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14486 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14489 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14490 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14492 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14493 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14496 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14497 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14499 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14502 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14504 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14508 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14509 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14510 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14511 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14512 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14513 state, then user already saw the message about that
14514 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14516 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14517 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14518 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14519 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14520 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14521 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14523 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14525 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14526 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14527 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14528 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14529 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14530 which approach is better. */
14531 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14532 throw_exception (e
);
14536 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14540 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14541 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14542 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14544 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14547 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14548 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14551 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14552 b
->thread
= thread
;
14555 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14556 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14559 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14560 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14570 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14571 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14575 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14578 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14579 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14580 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14582 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14585 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14589 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14591 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14594 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14595 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14599 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14602 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14603 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14606 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14607 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14608 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14609 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14611 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14614 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14615 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14619 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14620 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14622 char *extra_string
,
14623 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14624 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14626 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14627 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14628 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14629 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14631 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14633 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14634 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14635 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14638 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14639 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14642 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14643 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14645 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14647 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14648 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14649 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14650 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14653 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14654 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14656 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14658 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14660 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14661 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14662 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14664 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14667 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14670 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14672 static struct cleanup
*
14673 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14675 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14677 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14678 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14679 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14680 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14681 set_language (b
->language
);
14686 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14687 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14688 Unused in this case. */
14691 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14693 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14694 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14695 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14697 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14698 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14699 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14703 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14705 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14707 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14708 enum language save_language
;
14709 int save_input_radix
;
14710 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14712 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14713 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14714 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14716 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14718 /* Format possible error msg. */
14719 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14721 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14722 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14723 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14725 set_language (save_language
);
14726 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14728 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14730 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14732 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14733 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14734 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14735 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14738 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14740 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14741 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14743 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14745 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14747 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14748 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14750 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14751 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14752 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14754 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14758 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14759 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14760 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14763 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14765 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14770 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14771 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14773 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14775 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14776 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14781 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14785 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14786 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14788 else if (count
== 1)
14789 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14792 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14793 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14796 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14800 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14803 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14806 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14812 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14814 num
= get_number (&p
);
14816 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14818 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14820 set_ignore_count (num
,
14821 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14824 printf_filtered ("\n");
14827 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14828 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14831 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14836 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14838 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14841 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14843 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14845 while (!state
.finished
)
14847 const char *p
= state
.string
;
14851 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14854 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14858 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14859 if (b
->number
== num
)
14862 function (b
, data
);
14866 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14871 static struct bp_location
*
14872 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14874 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14878 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14879 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14884 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14886 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14888 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14889 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14894 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14895 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14898 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14900 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14904 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14907 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14913 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14914 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14915 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14918 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14920 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14921 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14922 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14923 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14926 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14927 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14930 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14932 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14933 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14935 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14936 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14938 struct bp_location
*location
;
14940 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14941 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14944 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14946 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14949 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14952 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14954 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14957 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14958 disable_breakpoint. */
14961 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14963 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14967 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14971 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14973 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14974 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14975 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14979 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14983 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14985 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14992 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14994 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14995 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14996 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14997 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14999 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
15002 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15003 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15009 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
15012 int target_resources_ok
;
15014 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
15017 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
15018 target_resources_ok
=
15019 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
15021 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
15022 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
15023 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
15024 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
15027 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
15029 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
15030 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
15031 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
15033 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15035 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
15037 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
15038 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
15039 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
15043 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
15044 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
15050 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
15051 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
15053 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
15055 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
15056 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
15058 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15059 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
15061 struct bp_location
*location
;
15063 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
15064 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
15067 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
15068 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
15069 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
15071 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
15076 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
15078 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
15082 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
15084 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
15087 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
15088 enable_breakpoint. */
15091 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
15093 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15096 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
15097 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
15098 in stopping the inferior. */
15101 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15105 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15107 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15108 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
15109 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
15113 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15117 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
15119 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
15126 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
15128 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15129 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
15130 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
15131 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
15133 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
15136 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15137 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15142 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
15152 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
15154 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
15156 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
15160 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
15162 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
15164 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15168 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15170 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15174 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
15176 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
15178 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15182 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15184 int count
= get_number (&args
);
15186 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
15190 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
15192 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
15194 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15198 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15200 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15204 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15209 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15213 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15214 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15218 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
15219 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
15220 const bfd_byte
*data
)
15222 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15224 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15225 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
15226 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
15228 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
15230 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
15232 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15234 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15235 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15236 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
15237 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
15239 value_free (wp
->val
);
15247 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15250 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
15251 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15254 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
15255 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
15256 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
15258 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
15260 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
15261 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->num
, gdbarch
);
15264 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
15266 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
15267 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
15268 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
15270 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
15273 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15276 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
15277 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15280 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15282 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15284 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
15290 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15294 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15297 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15299 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15301 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
15302 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
15308 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15309 non-zero otherwise. */
15311 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
15313 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
15314 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
15315 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
15322 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15324 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15325 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15327 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
15331 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
15333 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15335 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15336 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
15338 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
15340 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
15344 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
15346 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
15356 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15357 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
15358 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
15359 const char *text
, const char *word
)
15361 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
15362 VEC (char_ptr
) *retlist
15363 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, word
, word
);
15369 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15371 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15373 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15375 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15376 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15380 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15382 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15383 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
15385 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
15386 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15388 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15390 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15392 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15394 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15395 0 /* Ignore count */,
15396 pending_break_support
,
15400 0 /* internal */, 0);
15404 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15406 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15408 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15410 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15411 0 /* Ignore count */,
15412 pending_break_support
,
15413 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15416 0 /* internal */, 0);
15419 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15422 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15424 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15426 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15427 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15428 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
15429 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15431 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15433 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15435 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15437 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15438 0 /* Ignore count */,
15439 pending_break_support
,
15443 0 /* internal */, 0);
15446 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15447 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15449 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15450 static int next_cmd
;
15453 read_uploaded_action (void)
15457 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15464 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15465 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15466 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15467 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15468 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15470 struct tracepoint
*
15471 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15473 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15474 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15476 if (utp
->at_string
)
15477 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15480 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15481 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15482 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15484 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15485 "source location, using raw address"),
15487 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15488 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15491 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15492 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15493 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15494 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15497 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15499 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15500 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15502 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15503 0 /* Ignore count */,
15504 pending_break_support
,
15505 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15507 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15509 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15512 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15513 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15514 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15518 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15521 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15524 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15525 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15526 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15528 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15530 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15535 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15537 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15539 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15540 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15541 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15542 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15545 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15546 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15547 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15552 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15556 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15558 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15561 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15563 if (num_printed
== 0)
15565 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15566 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15568 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15571 default_collect_info ();
15574 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15575 Not supported by all targets. */
15577 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15579 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15582 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15583 Not supported by all targets. */
15585 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15587 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15590 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15592 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15594 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15600 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15602 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15603 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15604 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15606 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15607 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15609 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15613 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15615 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15617 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15618 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15619 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15623 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15626 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15629 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15631 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15632 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15634 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15635 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15638 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15640 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15641 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15642 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15645 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15647 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15648 unsigned int count
;
15650 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15651 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15652 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15654 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15656 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15657 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15659 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15661 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15663 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15665 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15667 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15668 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15671 else if (*args
== '\0')
15673 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15675 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15679 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15681 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15682 while (!state
.finished
)
15684 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
);
15686 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15691 struct tracepoint
*
15692 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15694 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15696 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15697 if (t
->number
== num
)
15698 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15703 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15704 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15707 struct tracepoint
*
15708 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15710 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15712 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15714 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15716 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15723 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15724 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15725 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15726 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15728 struct tracepoint
*
15729 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15730 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
)
15732 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15734 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15738 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15739 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15741 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15742 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15744 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15748 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15749 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15752 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15756 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15757 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15759 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15762 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15767 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15769 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15770 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15773 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15775 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15778 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15779 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15780 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15784 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15785 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15787 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15789 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15790 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15791 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15793 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15794 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15796 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15797 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15799 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15800 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15803 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15804 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15809 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15811 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15813 /* We can stop searching. */
15820 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15824 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15825 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
15826 fp
= gdb_fopen (filename
, "w");
15828 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15829 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15830 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15832 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15833 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15835 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15837 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15838 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15841 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15842 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15845 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15847 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15848 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15851 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15852 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15854 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15855 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15857 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15859 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
15861 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15863 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15864 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15866 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15868 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15871 throw_exception (ex
);
15873 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15876 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15877 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum\n");
15879 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15880 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15881 special, and not user visible. */
15882 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15884 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15887 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15889 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15893 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15894 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15897 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15898 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15901 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15904 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15906 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15909 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15912 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15914 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15917 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15919 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15920 all_tracepoints (void)
15922 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15923 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15925 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15927 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15934 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15935 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15936 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15938 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15939 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15940 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15941 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15942 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15943 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15944 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15945 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15946 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15947 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15948 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15950 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15951 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15953 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15954 conditions are different.\n\
15956 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15958 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15959 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15961 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15962 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15965 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15966 cmd_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15967 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15968 void *user_data_catch
,
15969 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15971 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15973 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15975 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15976 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15977 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15979 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15981 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15982 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15983 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15987 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
15989 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15990 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
15992 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
15993 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
15994 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
15998 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
16000 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
16001 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
16002 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
16005 struct breakpoint
*
16006 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
16009 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
16011 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
16013 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
16020 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
16021 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
16024 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
16026 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
16027 non-inline function. */
16028 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
16034 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
16035 have been inlined. */
16038 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
16039 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
16041 struct breakpoint
*b
;
16042 struct bp_location
*bl
;
16044 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
16046 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
16049 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
16051 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
16052 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
16060 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
16063 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
16065 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
16067 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
16068 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& loc
->symtab
->objfile
== objfile
)
16069 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
16073 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
16075 static int initialized
= 0;
16077 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
16083 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
16084 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
16085 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
16086 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16087 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16088 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
16089 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
16090 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
16091 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
16092 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
16093 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16094 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
16096 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
16097 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16098 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16099 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
16100 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16101 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16102 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16103 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
16105 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
16106 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
16107 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16108 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
16109 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
16110 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
16111 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
16112 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
16113 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
16114 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
16116 /* Internal breakpoints. */
16117 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
16118 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16119 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
16120 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
16121 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
16122 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
16124 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16125 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
16126 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16127 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
16128 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
16129 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
16130 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
16132 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16133 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
16134 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
16135 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
16137 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16138 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16139 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16140 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
16141 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
16142 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
16143 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
16146 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16147 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16148 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
16149 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
16150 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
16151 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
16152 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
16153 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
16154 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
16155 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
16156 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
16157 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
16158 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
16159 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
16161 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16162 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16163 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16164 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
16165 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
16166 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
16167 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
16168 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
16169 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
16170 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
16171 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
16174 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16175 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16176 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
16177 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
16178 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
16179 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
16180 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
16181 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
16182 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16183 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
16185 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16186 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16187 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16188 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
16189 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
16191 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16192 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
16193 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16194 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
16195 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16196 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
16198 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16199 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
16200 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16201 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
16202 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
16203 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
16204 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
16205 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
16206 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
16207 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
16209 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16210 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
16211 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16212 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
16213 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
16214 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
16215 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
16216 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
16217 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
16218 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
16220 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16221 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
16222 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16223 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
16224 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
16225 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
16226 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
16227 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
16228 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
16229 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
16230 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
16232 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16233 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
16234 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16235 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
16236 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
16237 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
16238 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
16239 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
16240 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
16241 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
16242 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
16244 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16245 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
16246 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16247 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
16248 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
16249 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
16250 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
16251 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
16252 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
16253 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
16254 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
16255 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
16257 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
16258 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16259 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
16260 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16261 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16262 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16263 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
16264 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
16265 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
16268 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16270 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
16273 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16275 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
16277 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16279 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
16280 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
16281 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
16282 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16284 breakpoint_objfile_key
16285 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16287 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16288 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL
,
16289 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
16291 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16292 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16293 before a breakpoint is set. */
16294 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16296 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16298 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16299 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16300 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16302 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16304 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16305 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16306 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16307 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16308 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16309 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16310 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16311 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16313 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16314 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16315 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16316 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16317 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16319 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16320 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16321 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16322 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16323 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16325 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16326 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16328 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16329 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16330 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16331 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16333 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16334 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16336 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16337 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16338 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16339 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16341 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16342 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16344 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16345 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16346 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16347 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16348 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16349 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16350 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16352 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16353 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16354 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16355 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16356 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16357 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16359 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16361 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16362 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16363 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16364 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16365 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16366 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16368 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16369 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16370 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16373 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16374 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16375 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16378 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16379 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16380 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16381 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16384 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16385 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16386 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16389 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16390 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16391 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16394 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16395 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16396 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16397 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16400 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16401 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16402 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16403 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16404 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16405 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16406 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16407 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16409 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16410 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16411 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16412 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16413 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16415 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16416 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16417 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16418 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16419 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16420 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16423 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16424 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16425 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16426 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16428 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16429 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16430 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16431 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16432 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16434 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16435 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16436 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16437 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16439 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16440 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16441 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16442 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16443 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16446 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16447 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16448 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16449 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16450 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16451 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16453 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16454 is executing in.\n\
16456 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16457 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16459 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16460 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16461 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16462 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16464 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16465 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16466 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16467 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16470 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16474 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16475 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16476 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16477 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16478 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16479 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16480 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16481 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16482 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16483 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16484 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16485 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16486 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16487 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16488 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16489 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16491 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16492 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16493 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16494 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16495 breakpoint set."));
16498 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16499 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16500 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16501 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16502 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16503 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16504 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16505 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16506 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16508 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16509 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16510 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16511 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16512 breakpoint set."));
16514 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16517 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16518 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16519 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16520 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16521 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16522 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16523 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16524 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16525 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16527 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16528 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16529 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16530 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16531 breakpoint set."));
16533 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16534 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16535 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16536 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16537 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16538 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16539 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16540 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16541 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16542 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16543 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16544 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16545 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16547 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16548 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16549 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16550 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16552 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16554 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16555 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16556 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16557 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16559 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16560 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16561 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16562 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16564 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16565 catch_fork_command_1
,
16567 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16568 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16569 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16570 catch_fork_command_1
,
16572 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16573 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16574 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16575 catch_exec_command_1
,
16579 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16580 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16581 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16582 catch_load_command_1
,
16586 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16587 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16588 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16589 catch_unload_command_1
,
16593 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16594 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16595 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16596 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16597 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16598 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16599 catch_syscall_command_1
,
16600 catch_syscall_completer
,
16604 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16605 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16606 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16607 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16608 an expression changes.\n\
16609 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16610 the memory to which it refers."));
16611 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16613 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16614 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16615 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16616 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16617 an expression is read.\n\
16618 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16619 the memory to which it refers."));
16620 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16622 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16623 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16624 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16625 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16626 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16627 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16628 the memory to which it refers."));
16629 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16631 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16632 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16634 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16635 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16636 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16637 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16638 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16639 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16640 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16641 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16642 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16645 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16646 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16648 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16650 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16652 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16653 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16655 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16656 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16657 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16659 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16660 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16661 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16662 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16664 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16665 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16667 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16668 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16669 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16671 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16672 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16674 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16675 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16676 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16677 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16678 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16679 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16680 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16681 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16682 the selected stack frame.\n\
16683 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16684 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16685 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16686 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16688 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16690 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16691 conditions are different.\n\
16693 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16694 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16695 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16697 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16698 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16699 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16700 last tracepoint set."));
16702 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16704 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16705 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16706 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16707 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16709 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16711 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16712 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16713 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16714 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16716 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16718 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16719 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16720 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16721 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16723 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16725 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16726 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16727 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16728 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16729 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16731 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16732 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16733 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16734 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16736 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16737 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16738 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16739 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16740 session to restore them."),
16742 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16744 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16745 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16746 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16748 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16750 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16751 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16753 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16754 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16755 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16756 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16757 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16758 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16759 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16760 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16761 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16762 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16763 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16764 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16766 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16767 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16768 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16769 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16770 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16771 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16772 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16773 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16775 show_pending_break_support
,
16776 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16777 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16779 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16781 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16782 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16783 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16784 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16785 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16786 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16787 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16789 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16790 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16791 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16793 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16794 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16795 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16796 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16797 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16798 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16799 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16800 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16801 when execution stops."),
16803 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16804 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16805 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16807 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16808 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16809 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16810 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16811 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16812 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16813 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16814 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16815 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16816 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16817 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16818 be set to \"gdb\""),
16819 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16820 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16821 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16822 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16824 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16825 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16826 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16827 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16828 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16829 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16830 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16831 or the start of the range\n\
16832 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16833 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16834 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16836 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16837 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16838 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16840 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16841 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16842 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16843 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16844 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16845 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16846 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16848 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16849 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16850 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16851 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16852 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16853 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16854 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16855 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16856 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16857 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16858 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16859 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16861 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16862 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16863 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16864 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16865 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16866 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16867 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16869 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16870 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16871 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16872 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16873 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16874 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16875 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16877 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16878 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16879 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16880 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16881 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16882 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16885 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16887 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16888 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16889 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16891 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16893 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16894 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);